UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

2023

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number
000-13292

McGRATH RENTCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

California

94-2579843

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

5700 Las Positas Road, Livermore,
CA
94551-7800

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number: (925)
606-9200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Trading
Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange
on which registered

Common Stock

MGRC

MGRC
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation
S-T
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated
filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated
filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to
§240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act).  Yes  No

Aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by
non-affiliates
of the registrant as of June 30, 20212023 (based upon the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2021)2023): $1,958,763,168.

$2,264,372,153.

As of February 22, 2022, 24,260,364April 1, 2024, 24,548,743 shares of Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.



EXPLANATORY NOTE
McGrath RentCorp’sRentcorp (the “Company”) is filing this Amendment to amend its Annual Report on Form
10-K
(the
“Form10-K”)
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, originally filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)
on
February 21, 2024 (the “Original Annual Report”), to provide the information required by Part III of Form
10-K.
In addition, as required by Rule
12b-15
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), new certifications by our principal executive officer and principal financial officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are being filed as exhibits to this Amendment under Item 15 of Part IV. Because no financial statements are contained within this Amendment, we are not filing currently dated certifications pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This Amendment also amends the cover page to update the number of shares of our common stock outstanding and to remove the statement that information is being incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statementstatement.
Except as described above, no other changes have been made to the Original Annual Report. The Original Annual Report continues to speak as of the date on which it was filed, and we have not updated the disclosures contained therein to reflect any events which occurred at a date subsequent to the date on which it was filed. Accordingly, this Amendment should be read in conjunction with the Original Annual Report and with our other filings made with the SEC subsequent to the filing of the Original Annual Report.
Proposed Acquisition by WillScot Mobile Mini
On January 28, 2024, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with WillScot Mobile Mini Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“WillScot Mobile Mini”), Brunello Merger Sub I, Inc., a California corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of WillScot Mobile Mini and Brunello Merger Sub II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct wholly owned subsidiary of WillScot Mobile Mini. The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Merger Sub I will merge with and into the Company (the “First-Step Merger”), with the Company surviving the First-Step Merger and, immediately thereafter, the Company will merge with and into Merger Sub II (the “Second-Step Merger” and together with the First-Step Merger, the “Transaction”), with Merger Sub II surviving the Second-Step Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of WillScot Mobile Mini. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the First-Step Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of common stock, no par value, of the Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, other than shares of Company Common Stock owned by WillScot Mobile Mini or any subsidiary of WillScot Mobile Mini or the Company, and shares held by shareholders who did not vote in favor of the Transaction (or consent thereto in writing) and who are entitled to demand and properly demands appraisal of such shares, will be automatically converted into the right to receive either (1) $123 in cash or (2) 2.8211 shares of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, par value $0.0001, of WillScot Mobile Mini, as determined pursuant to the election and allocation procedures set forth in the Merger Agreement. The consummation of the Transaction is subject to certain closing conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. For additional information regarding the Transaction, please refer to the Company’s current report on Form
8-K
and Amendment No. 1 on Form
8-K/A,
each filed with the SEC on January 29, 2024, as well as the preliminary Registration Statement on
S-4/Proxy
Statement filed by WillScot Mobile Mini with the SEC on April 8, 2024 (the “Merger Proxy Statement”).
i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
Explanatory Notei
PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance1
Item 11.Executive Compensation13
Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters39
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence42
Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services43
PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules45
SIGNATURES46


PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

DIRECTORS

The Company’s bylaws authorize the number of directors to be not less than five (5) and not more than nine (9). The Board of Directors is currently fixed at seven (7) directors and composed of the following directors: Nicolas C. Anderson, Kimberly A. Box, Smita Conjeevaram, William J. Dawson, Elizabeth A. Fetter, Joseph F. Hanna, and Bradley M. Shuster.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the directors of the Company as of February 29, 2024:

Name of Nominee

  Age   

Principal Occupation

  Director
Since
 

Nicolas C. Anderson

   39   

Managing Partner of Elm Grove Partners and Chief Executive Officer of ArcherHall

   2022 

Kimberly A. Box

   64   

Former President and Chief Executive Officer of Gatekeeper Innovation, Inc.

   2018 

Smita Conjeevaram

   63   

Former Chief Financial Officer of Fortress Investment Group LLC

   2021 

William J. Dawson

   69   

Former Chief Financial Officer of Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   1998 

Elizabeth A. Fetter

   65   

Former Chief Executive Officer of Symmetricom, Inc.

   2014 

Joseph F. Hanna

   61   

Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company

   2017 

Bradley M. Shuster

   69   

Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board of NMI Holdings, Inc.

   2017 

Nicolas C. Anderson was elected a director of the Company in December 2022. Mr. Anderson currently serves as the founder and Managing Partner of Elm Grove Partners, an entrepreneurial private equity firm focused on control investments in established lower middle-market companies. Since 2013 he has had primary responsibility for raising equity capital and debt financing and leading the investment analysis for potential acquisitions. Mr. Anderson is also currently Chief Executive Officer of ArcherHall, an Elm Grove Partners portfolio company which provides data and document management services to law firms. At ArcherHall, he has led the transformation of the company from a local legal photocopier to one of the largest digital forensics firms in the United States. Previously, Mr. Anderson worked in the investment bank at JPMorgan in New York, as well as two other boutique investment banks. During his career on Wall Street, he worked on over a billion dollars of transactions, including equipment lease financing, mortgage-backed securities, and other complex securitizations, as well as traditional debt and equity financing. He held the Series 7 and Series 63 securities licenses. Mr. Anderson serves on the board of Bank of Marin (NASDAQ: BMRC), where he serves on the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Governance Committee. Additionally, Mr. Anderson serves on the board of YMCA of Superior California, a privately held organization focused on the positive development of youth, healthy living for people of all ages, and social responsibility in addressing the critical needs of the communities it serves and he is a member of the Audit Committee and Finance Committee . He previously was on the board of American River Bank (NASDAQ: AMRB) and was the chair of the Directors Loan Committee and a member of the Nominating and Audit Committees, as well as a special committee formed to evaluate and execute M&A opportunities. Mr. Anderson received an AB in Economics from Harvard University and an MBA with Distinction from Harvard Business School.

Mr. Anderson is a seasoned public company independent director, chief executive, private equity investor, and entrepreneur. His leadership in finance and business brings valuable experience to the Board of Directors.

Kimberly A. Box was elected a director of the Company in 2018 and currently serves as Chair, Compensation Committee. Ms. Box was previously the President and Chief Executive Officer of Gatekeeper Innovation, Inc., a healthcare company that creates products to keep medications safe. She joined the company in 2016. Prior to joining Gatekeeper Innovation, Ms. Box enjoyed a successful 29-year career with Hewlett Packard (NYSE: HPQ), holding various executive positions, the most recent being Vice President Global IT Services, a position she held until 2009 when she left Hewlett Packard. Ms. Box also serves on the Board of Directors of Applied Science, Inc. (“ASI”) and formerly American River Bank (NASDAQ: AMRB) until it was acquired in 2021. Ms. Box holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with a concentration in Management and a minor in Computer Science from California State University, Chico. She also completed the Executive Development Program at The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and has a NACD Directorship Certification (2021) and a CERT in Cybersecurity Oversight from the Software Engineering Institute at Carnegie Mellon University (2022). Ms. Box is on the NACD Northern California Chapter board and recently served as the Chair, and was named to the NACD Directorship 100, an annual recognition of the leading corporate directors who significantly impact boardroom practices and performance.

1


With her diverse cross-industry experience in the information technology and healthcare industries, Ms. Box brings a unique perspective and valuable experience to the Board of Directors. Additionally, Ms. Box’s special skills include experience with global leadership, digital transformation, mergers and acquisition, strategic leadership, IT systems and cybersecurity, managed outsourced services, and community engagement. Ms. Box also has ample public board and committee chair experience.

Smita Conjeevaram was elected a director of the Company in January 2021and currently serves as Chair, Nominating and Governance Committee. Ms. Conjeevaram previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Credit Hedge Funds & Deputy Chief Financial Officer of the Credit Funds for Fortress Investment Group LLC from 2010 to 2013. She also previously served as Chief Financial Officer for Everquest Financial LLC; Strategic Value Partners, LLC; ESL Investments, Inc.; and Sentinel Advisors, LLC. She is a CPA with experience at Price Waterhouse as Manager, International Tax—Financial Services Group and at Ernst & Young as Senior, General Tax. Ms. Conjeevaram serves on the Board of Directors of SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: SSNC), SkyWest, Inc. (NASDAQ: SKYW), and WisdomTree Investments, Inc. (NYSE: WT). Ms. Conjeevaram has a B.S., Accounting and Business Administration, Magna Cum Laude, from Butler University, Indianapolis, Indiana and a B.A., Economics from Ethiraj College, Madras, India.

Ms. Conjeevaram’s leadership in the financial industry as well as her accounting and compliance background bring significant and valuable experience to the Board of Directors. Additionally, Ms. Conjeevaram’s special skills include experience in the technology industry; investment, finance, and accounting; and risk management. She also has extensive public board and committee member experience and is an Audit Committee financial expert per the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The Company and Ms. Conjeevaram believe that she has sufficient time and attention to devote to her responsibilities as a director of the Company.

William J. Dawson was elected a director of the Company in 1998 and currently serves as Chair, Audit Committee. Mr. Dawson previously served as the Chief Financial Officer at Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: ADMS), a specialty pharmaceutical company, from 2014 until his retirement in 2017, where he had consulted in 2013 until he joined as CFO in 2014. He also previously served as Chief Financial Officer at Catalyst Biosciences, Inc., a then privately-held biotechnology company, for two years from 2010 to 2012 and he was Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Cerus Corporation (NASDAQ: CERS), a publicly held biopharmaceutical company, from August 2004 to April 2009. Prior to joining Cerus, he spent a total of 26 years in senior financial positions at companies in biotechnology, healthcare services and information technology, investment banking, energy, and transportation. As an investment banker, Mr. Dawson assisted in three public equity offerings for the Company, beginning with its 2022 Annual Meetinginitial public offering in 1984. He also serves on the Board of ShareholdersDirectors of Wellington Trust Company, a private institutional investment management company and subsidiary of Wellington Management Company, LLP. Mr. Dawson received an A.B. in Mechanical Engineering from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

With his wealth of experience in financial and strategic transactions, as well as his experiences in the transportation, technology, and energy industries, and as Chief Financial Officer of publicly traded companies, Mr. Dawson provides significant value to bethe Board of Directors. Additionally, Mr. Dawson’s special skills include experience with mergers and acquisitions; finance, accounting, and SEC filings; capital markets; business development; IT systems and cybersecurity; strategic and corporate development; stockholder engagement; and philanthropic and community engagement. Mr. Dawson also has extensive public board and committee chair experience and is an Audit Committee financial expert per the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Elizabeth A. Fetter was elected a director of the Company in 2014. Ms. Fetter also serves as a member of the Board of Directors of Fox Factory Holding Corporation (NASDAQ: FOXX), the world’s leader in suspension and auxiliary products for recreational vehicles, since June 2017. Ms. Fetter previously served as a member of the Board of Directors of Talend (NASDAQ: TLND) (2020-2021), a global leader in cloud data integration and data integrity, and Symmetricom, Inc. (2000-2013), a provider of timekeeping technologies, instruments, and solutions. She was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of Symmetricom in April 2013. She served in this capacity until Symmetricom’s acquisition by Microsemi Corporation in November 2013. Ms. Fetter also previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of NxGen Modular LLC, a provider of modular buildings and assemblies from 2011 to 2012. In 2007, Ms. Fetter was President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Jacent Technologies, a privately held supplier of on-demand ordering solutions for the restaurant industry. Ms. Fetter also served on the boards of Quantum Corporation, a data storage company, from 2005 to 2013 and Ikanos Corporation, a provider of broadband solutions, from 2008 to 2009. She previously held the position of Chair of the Board of Trustees of Alliant International University, Inc., a private-equity funded university, where she served as a trustee from 2004 to 2013 and as a member of the Board of Directors from 2015 to 2017.

In addition, Ms. Fetter previously served as a Division CFO, taught Finance and Accounting at the Graduate level and taught strategy for UC Berkeley Extension International Management Seminars. With over 25 years of public and private company board service and past CEO experience at multiple firms across the industries of technology, telecommunications, and real estate, she is a valuable complement to the Board of Directors. Ms. Fetter holds a B.A., Communications from Penn State University, an M.S., Industrial Administration from Carnegie Mellon University (Tepper & Heinz Schools), and an Advanced Professional Director Certification from the American College of Corporate Directors, a public company director education and credentialing organization.

2


Joseph F. Hanna was appointed President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company in February 2017 after serving 14 years in positions of progressive responsibility. Ms. Hanna also serves as a member of the Board of Directors of Janus International Group (NYSE: JBI), the leading global provider of self-storage and commercial industrial doors, relocatable storage units, facility automation solutions, and door replacement and self-storage restoration services, since January 2024. Previously, Mr. Hanna served as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company from 2007 to 2017. From 2005 to 2007, he served as Senior Vice President of Operations, and he joined the Company in 2003 as Vice President of Operations. Mr. Hanna has been instrumental in developing and driving the strategic product and geographic expansion of the Company’s varied rental businesses throughout his tenure. He is well qualified to serve as Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the Board of Directors because of his deep institutional knowledge of the Company, its products, services, strategies, and customers. Previously Mr. Hanna held various sales and operational leadership positions at SMC Corporation of America (a subsidiary of SMC Corporation, Tokyo, Japan). His prior experience also includes serving as an officer in the United States Army. Mr. Hanna received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the United States Military Academy, West Point, New York.

Bradley M. Shuster was elected a director of the Company in 2017 and Chairman of the Board in 2021. He previously held the position of Vice-Chairman from 2020 to 2021. Mr. Shuster has served as Executive Chairman and Chairman of the Board of NMI Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: NMIH) since January 2019. Mr. Shuster founded National MI and served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the company from 2012 to 2018. Prior to founding National MI, Mr. Shuster was a senior executive of The PMI Group, Inc. (NYSE: PMI), where he served as Chief Executive Officer of PMI Capital Corporation. Before joining PMI in 1995, Mr. Shuster was a partner at Deloitte LLP, where he served as partner-in-charge of Deloitte’s Northern California Insurance and Mortgage Banking practices. He also serves as an independent director of WaFd, Inc. (NASDAQ: WAFD. He holds a B.S. from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles. Mr. Shuster has received both CPA and CFA certifications. Additionally, Mr. Shuster completed the National Association of Corporate Directors Cyber-Risk Oversight Program, earning the CERT Certificate in Cybersecurity Oversight.

With his extensive experience in the financial sector, as well as his experiences as Executive Chairman and as a senior executive of various publicly traded companies, Mr. Shuster provides significant value to the Board of Directors. Additionally, Mr. Shuster’s special skills include experience with mergers and acquisitions; finance, accounting, and investments; business development and operations; strategic and corporate development; and stockholder engagement. Mr. Shuster also has extensive public board and committee chair experience and is an Audit Committee financial expert per the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the executive officers and directors of the Company as of February 29, 2024:

Name

Age

Position Held with the Company

Joseph F. Hanna

61

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Keith E. Pratt

61

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Corporate Secretary

David M. Whitney

59

Vice President, Principal Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller

Tara Wescott

50

Vice President, Human Resources

Gilda Malek

55

Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Kristina Van Trease

54

Senior Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer

Philip B. Hawkins

48

Senior Vice President, Mobile Modular

John P. Skenesky

57

Vice President, TRS-RenTelco

John P. Lieffrig

59

Vice President, Portable Storage

Nicolas C. Anderson(1)(2)

39

Director

Kimberly A. Box(1)(3)

64

Director

Smita Conjeevaram(2)(3)

63

Director

William J. Dawson(1)(2)

69

Director

Elizabeth A. Fetter(1)(2)

65

Director

Bradley M. Shuster(1)(3)

69

Chairman of the Board of Directors

(1)

Member of the Compensation Committee

(2)

Member of the Audit Committee

(3)

Member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

3


Keith E. Pratt was appointed Executive Vice President of the Company in February 2017. He was appointed Senior Vice President in June 8, 20222007 and joined the Company in January 2006 as Vice President and was appointed Chief Financial Officer in March 2006. Prior to joining the Company, he was with Advanced Fibre Communications (“AFC”), a public telecommunications equipment company in Petaluma, California, where he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Pratt served as Chief Financial Officer from 1999 until AFC was acquired by Tellabs, Inc. at the end of 2004. He also served as Director of Corporate Development at AFC from 1997 to 1999 prior to becoming Chief Financial Officer. Prior to Mr. Pratt joining AFC, he served as Director, Strategy & Business Development Group at Pacific Telesis Group, Inc. from 1995 to 1997. Mr. Pratt has an undergraduate degree from Cambridge University in Production Engineering and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

David M. Whitney joined the Company as its Corporate Controller in 2000 and was appointed Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer in March 2006. Previously, he was Manager of Regional Accounting for The Permanente Medical Group in Oakland, California. Mr. Whitney holds a B.S. in Accounting from California State University at Hayward and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Tara Wescott joined the Company in 2020 as Vice President, Human Resources. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Wescott held various senior executive leadership roles in Human Resources between 2000—2020 at Macy’s Inc., including leading Human Resources for Macys.com and Macy’s Technology. Ms. Wescott graduated from California State University, East Bay with a B.S. in Business Administration with a concentration in Marketing.

Gilda Malek joined the Company in 2023 as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. In her role, Ms. Malek oversees our legal, safety and real estate functions. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Malek served as Deputy General Counsel at Confluent, a SaaS company, for nearly two years. Prior to Confluent, Ms. Malek worked at AECOM, a global infrastructure firm, in various leadership roles in the company’s Legal Department between 2007 and 2020. Responsibilities included subsidiary General Counsel, division Chief Counsel and Corporate Deputy General Counsel. Ms. Malek received her J.D. from University of San Francisco, School of Law, and her B.A. in Political Science from University of California, Irvine.

Kristina Van Trease was appointed Senior Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer in December of 2023. She previously served as Senior Vice President, Strategy and Business Development, and earlier as Vice President and Division Manager of Adler Tank Rentals, a former division of the Company, from August 2016 through January 2022. Prior to that, Ms. Van Trease was responsible for the startup of our Mobile Modular Portable Storage business and served as Vice President and Division Manager of the business from June 2009 to August 2016. From July 2007 through June 2009, she served as our Director of Corporate Development. She joined the Company in 1992 and has served in corporate management roles as well as sales and management positions for the Company’s TRS-RenTelco division. Ms. Van Trease received a B.S. in Business Administration with a concentration in Marketing from San Jose State University.

Philip B. Hawkins was appointed Senior Vice President and Division Manager, Mobile Modular in January of 2022. In addition to his existing oversight of Enviroplex, Inc. since June 2019, he also oversees Kitchens to Go by Mobile Modular as of April 2021. He previously served as Vice President and Division Manager of Mobile Modular from November 2011 through December 2021 and as Vice President and Division Manager of TRS-RenTelco from June 2007 to November 2011. Mr. Hawkins also held the role of Manager, Corporate Financial Planning and Analysis from June 2004 to June 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Hawkins was a Senior Business Analyst for Technology Rentals and Services (TRS), an electronics equipment rental division of CIT Technologies Corporation, from December 2003 until TRS was acquired by the Company in June 2004. He previously served as Director of Portfolio Management and held other leadership roles with Dell Financial Services from April 1999 to December 2003. Mr. Hawkins received B.S. degrees in Accounting, Finance and Computer Information Systems from Arizona State University.

John P. Skenesky was appointed Vice President and Division Manager of TRS-RenTelco in November 2011. He previously served as the division’s Director of Sales and Product Management from June 2007 to November 2011 and Director of Operations and Product Management from June 2004 to June 2007. Mr. Skenesky joined the Company in 1995 and served in branch management and sales roles for the RenTelco division. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Skenesky served in lab and product management roles at Genstar Rentals from 1991 to 1994. He also served in the United States Navy from 1984 to 1990 as an electronics technician on submarines. Mr. Skenesky received an M.B.A. from Texas Christian University in 2007.

John P. Lieffrig joined the Company and was appointed Vice President and Division Manager of Mobile Modular Portable Storage in August 2016. He previously served as Vice President Sales North America for Modular Space Corporation from 2005 to 2015. Mr. Lieffrig has held several executive leadership roles with equipment rental and business-to-business service organizations, including Aramark Corporation from 2002 to 2005 and GE Capital from 1988 to 2002. He also served on the Modular Building Institute Board of Directors for eight years and was elected President in 2013. Mr. Lieffrig received B.A. degrees in Business Administration and Marketing from Carthage College.

Each executive officer of the Company serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

4


Characteristics of Director Nominees

The chart below details our Board of Directors’ diversity composition by various characteristics as defined by the NASDAQ Stock Market board diversity and disclosure Rule 5605(f). For more information regarding our philosophy concerning the diversity and recruitment of our directors, see “Qualifications of Directors and Assessment of Diversity” in this Amendment.

Board Diversity Matrix as of February 29, 2024

 
Total Number of Directors  7 
   Female   Male   Non-Binary   Did Not
Disclose
Gender
 

Part I: Gender Identity

        

Directors

   3    4     

Part II: Demographic Background

        

African American or Black

     1     

Alaskan Native or Native American

        

Asian

   1       

Hispanic or Latinx

        

Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander

        

White

   2    3     

Two or More Races or Ethnicities

        

LGBTQ

        

Did Not Disclose Demographic Background

        

5


Corporate Governance Overview

Our Board of Directors is committed to strong and effective corporate governance, and, as a result, it regularly monitors our corporate governance policies and practices to ensure compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and rules, as well as best practices.

Our corporate governance program features the following:

We have an independent Chairman of the Board of Directors;

All of our directors, other than our Chief Executive Officer, are independent;

All of our directors are up for re-election annually;

Three of our seven director nominees are women; additionally, two of our directors are diverse representatives from under-represented communities (as those communities are defined pursuant to California AB 979);

Each director attended at least 75% of the aggregate total number of Board meetings and the total number of meetings of Board committees on which will be filed withsuch director served during the time he or she served on the Board or committees in 2023;

We have no shareholder rights plan in place;

Our Board committees regularly review and update, as necessary, the committee charters, which clearly establish the roles and responsibilities of each such committee, and such charters are posted on our website for review;

Our Board generally has an executive session among our non-employee and independent directors after every board meeting;

The majority of our Audit Committee members qualify as Audit Committee financial experts;

Our Board enjoys unrestricted access to the Company’s management, employees, and professional advisers;

We have a code of business conduct and ethics that is reviewed regularly for best practices and is posted on our website for review;

We have a clear set of corporate governance guidelines that are reviewed regularly for best practices and posted on our website for review;

We are committed to corporate and social responsibility;

We have no supermajority voting provisions in our charter documents;

We have a compensation recoupment policy;

Our insider trading policy prohibits hedging, pledging, or engaging in derivative actions relating to our stock by all employees, officers, and directors;

Our Board performs an annual self-assessment to evaluate its effectiveness in fulfilling its obligations;

We conduct an annual say-on-pay vote;

Board and Chief Executive Officer succession planning is a focus and continual Board discussion topic;

Our corporate governance documents do not contain a supermajority standard for the approval of a merger or a business combination, which transaction requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares;

We had no related party transactions as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days afterin 2023; and

We have a stock ownership and holdback requirement to ensure that our executive officers remain aligned with the endinterests of the Company and our shareholders.

Director Independence

The Board of Directors has determined that the six (6) non-employee directors on the Board of Directors, consisting of Messrs. Anderson, Dawson, and Shuster and Mses. Box, Conjeevaram, and Fetter, are “independent,” as defined in the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market and regulations of the SEC. Mr. Hanna, as an executive officer of the Company, is not considered independent. In making these determinations, our Board of Directors considered transactions and relationships between each director and his or her immediate family and the Company and our subsidiaries, including those reported in the section below captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” The purpose of this review was to determine whether any such relationships or transactions were material and, therefore, inconsistent with a determination that such a director is independent. As a result of this review, the Board of Directors affirmatively determined, based on its fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, is incorporated by reference into Part III (Items 10, 11, 12,understanding of such transactions and 13).

Exhibit index appears on page 90

relationships, that the six (6) non-employee directors are independent of the Company and, therefore, a majority of the members of our Board of Directors are independent, under the applicable listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

6


Leadership Structure of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is currently comprised of six (6) independent directors and one (1) management director. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines state that the Board of Directors should remain free to decide whether the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions should be held by the same person. This allows the Board of Directors to determine the best arrangement for the Company and its shareholders, given changing circumstances of the Company and the composition of the Board of Directors. Currently, the positions are separated. Mr. Hanna, our Chief Executive Officer, is a seasoned leader with over 21 years of management and operational experience in the Company, and he clearly understands and drives our strategic growth and interacts well with the Chairman of the Board and the other directors. Mr. Shuster, our non-executive chairman, has extensive experience as a senior executive of a public company and substantial experience on other public boards of directors and board committees. Additionally, he is experienced in the fields of mergers and acquisitions; finance, accounting, and investments; business development and operations; strategic and corporate development; stockholder engagement; and is an Audit Committee Financial Expert per the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, which is coupled with his deep knowledge of our Company. We believe our current leadership structure is optimal at this time.


Board Succession

Our Board of Directors is committed to adding new directors to infuse new ideas and fresh perspectives in the boardroom. As part of our board’s succession planning, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and our Board of Directors regularly review the composition of the Board of Directors and assess the balance of knowledge, experience, skills, expertise, tenure, and diversity that is appropriate for the Board of Directors and the Company.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTSBoard Tenure

Statements containedOur Board of Directors recognizes that its current members have served on the Board of Directors for various tenures, with the shortest tenure being just over one year but with other directors serving for greater than 10 years. Our Board of Directors believes that the Board represents a balance of industry, technical and financial experiences, which provide effective guidance and oversight to management. Our governance policies reflect our belief that directors should not be subject to term limits. While term limits could facilitate fresh ideas and viewpoints being consistently brought to the Board of Directors, we believe they are counterbalanced by the disadvantage of causing the loss of a director who, over a period of time, has developed insight into our strategies, operations, and risks and continues to provide valuable contributions to board deliberations. Nonetheless, our Board of Directors is committed to adding new directors to infuse new ideas and fresh perspectives in the boardroom. In the past several years, four new directors joined our Board of Directors, with the latest, Mr. Anderson, joining our Board in December of 2022, and two long serving directors retired. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will continue to prioritize diversity of background, as well as diversity from underrepresented communities, in future Board searches.

Shareholder Engagement

Our board of directors and management focus on creating long-term, sustainable shareholder value. Key to this goal is shareholder engagement at conferences and in one-on-one meetings to discuss our financial performance, corporate governance practices, executive compensation programs, and other matters. Our conversations with shareholders allow us to better understand our shareholders’ perspectives and provide us with useful feedback to calibrate our priorities.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors met five (5) times in 2023. No director attended fewer than 75% of either (i) the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors held in 2023, or (ii) the total number of meetings of the committees of the Board of Directors held in 2023 on which he or she served. All then in office attended the 2023 Annual Report on Form 10-K (“this Form 10-K”) whichMeeting of Shareholders via virtual participation. The standing committees of the Board of Directors currently consist of the Compensation Committee, the Audit Committee, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee held four (4) meetings in 2023. The Compensation Committee currently consists of Messrs. Anderson, Dawson, and Shuster and Mses. Box and Fetter. Ms. Box serves as its Chair. The Board of Directors has determined that all current members of the Compensation Committee are not historical facts are forward-looking statements“independent,” as defined in the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC regulations. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that all current members of the Compensation Committee qualify as “non-employee directors” within the meaning of SEC Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under the Private Securities Litigation ReformExchange Act, and as “outside directors” within the meaning of 1995.  All statements, other than statements of historical facts, regarding McGrath RentCorp’s (the “Company’s”) expectations, strategies, prospects or targets are forward looking statements.  These forward-looking statements also can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipates,” “believes,” ”continues,” ”could,” ”estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” ”may,” ”plan,” ”predict,” ”project,” or “will,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

Management cautions that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements. Further, our future business, financial condition and results of operations could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking statements and are subject to risks and uncertainties as set forth under “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.  Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completenessSection 162(m) of the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements are made onlyInternal Revenue Code of 1986, as of the date of this Form 10-K and are based on management’s reasonable assumptions, however these assumptions can be wrong or affected by known or unknown risks and uncertainties.  No forward-looking statement can be guaranteed and subsequent facts or circumstances may contradict, obviate, undermine or otherwise fail to support or substantiate such statements.  Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements and are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Except as otherwise required by law, we are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this Form 10-K to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.amended (the “Code”).

 

7

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS.

General Overview

McGrath RentCorp (the “Company”) is a California corporation organized in 1979 with corporate offices located in Livermore, California. The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MGRC”.  References in this report to the “Company”, “we”, “us”, and “ours” refer to McGrath RentCorp and its subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise.

The Company is a diversified business-to-business rental company with four rental divisions: relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers, electronic test equipment, and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes.  Although the Company’s primary emphasis is on equipment rentals, sales of equipment occur in the normal course of business. The Company is comprised of four reportable business segments: (1) its modular building and portable storage segment (“Mobile Modular”); (2) its electronic test equipment segment (“TRS-RenTelco”); (3) its containment solutions for the storage of hazardous and non-hazardous liquids and solids segment (“Adler Tanks”); and (4) its classroom manufacturing business selling modular buildings used primarily as classrooms in California (“Enviroplex”).  

Business Model

The Company invests capital in rental products and generally has recovered its original investment through rents less cash operating expenses in a relatively short period of time compared to the product’s rental life.  When the Company’s rental products are sold, the proceeds generally have covered a high percentage of the original investment. With these characteristics, a significant base of rental assets on rent generates a considerable amount of operating cash flows to support continued rental asset growth. The Company’s rental products have the following characteristics:

The product required by the customer tends to be expensive compared to the Company’s monthly rental charge, with the interim rental solution typically evaluated as a less costly alternative.

Generally, we believe the Company’s customers have a short-term need for our rental products. The customer’s rental requirement may be driven by a number of factors including time, budget or capital constraints, future uncertainty impacting their ongoing requirements, equipment availability, specific project requirements, peak periods of demand or the customer may want to eliminate the burdens and risks of ownership.

-2-


All of the Company’s rental products have long useful lives relative to the typical rental term. Modular buildings (“modulars”) have an estimated life of eighteen years compared to the typical rental term of twelve to twenty-four months, electronic test equipment has an estimated life range of one to eight years (depending on the type of product) compared to a typical rental term of one to six months, and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes have an estimated life of twenty years compared to typical rental terms of one to six months.

We believe short-term rental rates typically recover the Company’s original investment quickly based on the respective product’s annual yield, or annual rental revenues divided by the average cost of rental equipment. For modulars the original investment is recovered in approximately five years, in approximately three years for electronic test equipment and in approximately four years for liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes.

When a product is sold from our rental inventory, a significant portion of the original investment is usually recovered.  Effective asset management is a critical element to each of the rental businesses and the residuals realized when product is sold from inventory.  Modular asset management requires designing and building the product for a long life, coupled with ongoing repair and maintenance investments, to ensure its long useful rental life and generally higher residuals upon sale. Electronic test equipment asset management requires understanding, selecting and investing in equipment technologies that support market demand and, once invested, proactively managing the equipment at the model level for optimum utilization through its technology life cycle to maximize the rental revenues and residuals realized.  Liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes asset management requires selecting and purchasing quality product and making ongoing repair and maintenance investments to ensure its long rental life.

The Company believes that rental revenue growth from an increasing base of rental assets and improved gross profits on rents are the best measures of the health of each of our rental businesses.  Additionally, we believe our business model and results are enhanced by operational leverage that is created from large regional sales and inventory centers for modulars, a single U.S. based sales, inventory and operations facility for electronic test equipment, as well as shared senior management and back office functions for financing, human resources, insurance, marketing, information technology and operating and accounting systems.

Human Capital Management

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 1,184 employees, of whom 118 were primarily administrative and executive personnel, with 685, 167, 132 and 82 in the operations of Mobile Modular, Adler Tanks, TRS-RenTelco and Enviroplex, respectively.  None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and management believes its relationship with our employees is good.

The Company believes its employees are key to its success and it is committed to all of its employees’ engagement, training and career development, and personal and professional growth. The Board of Directors adopted and approved a charter for the Compensation Committee. A copy of this charter is posted on our website at www.mgrc.com under the Investors section. The functions of the Compensation Committee, which are discussed in detail in its charter, are to (a) evaluate executive officer and director compensation policies, goals, plans, and programs; (b) determine the cash and non-cash compensation of the executive officers of the Company; (c) review and oversee the Company’s equity-based and other incentive compensation plans for employees; (d) evaluate the performance of the Company’s executive officers; and (e) direct and review the production of any reports required by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.

Compensation decisions for the executive officers of the Company are made by the Compensation Committee after the review by the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee directs the Chief Executive Officer to develop the incentive compensation guidelines for the other executive officers and to recommend the incentive compensation bonuses for each of the other executive officers, subject to approval by the Compensation Committee. Compensation decisions for directors are made by the Board of Directors based on recommendations from the Compensation Committee.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee held five (5) meetings in 2023. The Audit Committee currently consists of Messrs. Anderson and Dawson, and Mses. Conjeevaram and Fetter. Mr. Dawson serves as its Chair. After considering transactions and relationships between each member of the Audit Committee or his or her immediate family and the Company and its subsidiaries and reviewing the qualifications of the members of the Audit Committee, the Board of Directors has determined that all current members of the Audit Committee are “independent,” as defined in the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC regulations. The Board of Directors has also receives regular updates from senior managementdetermined that all current members of the Audit Committee are financially literate and have the requisite financial sophistication, as required by the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Furthermore, the Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Anderson and Dawson and Mses. Conjeevaram and Fetter each qualify as Audit Committee financial experts, as defined by the applicable SEC rules, pursuant to the fact that, among other things, Mr. Dawson was the Chief Financial Officer at several public and private companies, including the Chief Financial Officer of Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; Mr. Anderson is currently Managing Partner of Elm Grove Partners, a private equity firm, and is also Chief Executive Officer of ArcherHall; Ms. Fetter has served as the CEO of three public companies, served as a divisional CFO, taught finance and accounting at the graduate level, and served as a financial expert on other boards; and Ms. Conjeevaram is a CPA and has served in the capacity of Chief Financial Officer for four privately held financial and investment firms and is also an experienced independent director and audit committee member; and in those respective capacities each has acquired the relevant experience and expertise and has the attributes set forth in the applicable rules as being required for an Audit Committee financial expert.

The Board of Directors adopted and approved a charter for the Audit Committee. A copy of this charter is posted on our website at www.mgrc.com under the Investors section. The functions of the Audit Committee, which are discussed in detail in its charter, are to (a) oversee the engagement, replacement, compensation, qualification, independence, and performance of the Company’s independent auditors; (b) oversee the conduct of the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and the integrity of the Company’s audited financial statements and other financial reports; (c) oversee the performance of the Company’s internal accounting, financial, and disclosure controls function; and (d) oversee the Company’s compliance with its policies and other legal requirements as such compliance relates to the integrity of the Company’s financial reporting. The Audit Committee has also established procedures for (a) the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters, and (b) the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. The Audit Committee also oversees the preparation of a report for inclusion in our annual proxy statements and is charged with the other duties and responsibilities listed in its charter. For details, see “Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors” in this Amendment. The Audit Committee is a separately designated standing audit committee as defined in Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee held two (2) meetings in 2023. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee consists of Mr. Shuster and Mses. Box and Conjeevaram. Ms. Conjeevaram serves as its Chair. Our Board of Directors has determined that all current members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are “independent,” as defined in the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC regulations.

The Board of Directors adopted and approved a charter for the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. A copy of this charter is posted on our website at www.mgrc.com under the Investors section. The functions of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, which are discussed in detail in its charter, are to assist the Board of Directors in all matters relating to (a) the Company’s strategy forestablishment, implementation, and monitoring of policies and processes regarding the recruitment retention and nomination of candidates to the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors; (b) the review and making of recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the composition and structure of the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors; (c) the development, evaluation, and monitoring of the Company’s employees.  The Company provides training in technical, operationalcorporate governance processes and managerial skills,principles; (d) the development and places special emphasis on safety, effective communications, customer service,implementation

8


of, and employee development. Additionally, the Company offers employees a tuition reimbursement program whereby the employee may receive reimbursement for tuition and fees for undergraduate or graduate level academic courses at an accredited two or four year college or university that may help employees improve performance in their current job or prepare them for advancement.

Government Regulations

         We are subject to certain environmental, transportation, anti-corruption, import controls, health and safety and other laws and regulations in locations in which we operate. Our activity in jurisdictions in which we operate is additionally subject to anti-bribery laws and regulations, such as the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, which prevent companies and their officers, employees and agents from making payments to officials and public entities of foreign countries to facilitate obtaining new contracts. We are also subject to laws and regulations that govern and impose liability for activities that may have adverse environmental effects, including discharges into air and water, and handling and disposal of hazardous substances and waste. Our motor vehicles and related units are subject to regulation in certain states under motor vehicle and similar registrations.  While we incur costs in our business to comply with these laws and regulations, management does not believe that the costsmonitoring of compliance with, these various governmental regulations is material to our business and financial condition.

Available Information

We make the Company’s Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings available at our website www.mgrc.com.  These filings include our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, which are available as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes such material to, the SEC. Information included on

-3-


our website is not incorporated by reference to this Form 10-K. Furthermore, all reports the Company files with the SEC are available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which appliesand making recommendations to all directors, officers and employees. Copiesthe Board of this code can be obtained at our website www.mgrc.com.  Any waiversDirectors of revisions to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics from time to time, as appropriate; and any amendments(e) the administration of the Board of Directors’ annual self-evaluation process and the sharing of the results thereof with the Board of Directors for discussion and deliberation.

Environmental, Social and Governance Matters

We believe that sound corporate citizenship and attention to such code applicableenvironmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) principles are essential to our Chief Executive Officer,success. Wherever possible, the products, services, and practices of the Company are designed to promote the ESG principles. We are committed to operating with integrity, contributing to the local communities surrounding our offices and facilities, promoting diversity, developing our employees, focusing on sustainability, and being thoughtful environmental stewards.

Our Board provides oversight of management’s efforts around these ESG topics, including risk oversight of ESG-related matters, and is committed to supporting the Company’s efforts to operate as a sound corporate citizen. Company management provides updates to the Board on the Company’s work in ESG during each quarterly Board meeting and the Board discusses the same. Additionally, the Charter for our Board Nominating and Governance Committee also provides that this committee is specially designated to oversee ESG matters.

We believe that an integrated approach to business strategy, corporate governance, and corporate citizenship creates long-term value. Among the ways in which we have demonstrated our commitment to ESG matters are the following:

Commitment to minimizing adverse impacts on the environment through energy management programs, including high-efficiency HVAC and energy systems, responsible use of limited available land, and use of natural light.

When possible, the Company uses recycled building materials and construction components that can be further recycled on its modular building products.

Creation of a strong corporate culture that promotes the highest standards of ethics and compliance for our business, including a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that sets forth principles to guide employee, designated executive, and non-employee director conduct.

Company and employee commitment to the local communities where our facilities are located, including supporting various non-profits, charities, and other community programs, and providing national disaster relief through the McGrath Cares fund.

Equal employment opportunity hiring practices, policies, and management of employees.

Anti-harassment policy that prohibits hostility or aversion towards individuals in protected categories, prohibits sexual harassment in any form, details how to report and respond to harassment issues, and strictly prohibits retaliation against any employee for reporting harassment.

Commitment to fostering and promoting a diverse workforce and a collaborative work environment.

The Role of the Board of Directors in the Oversight of Risk

While Company management is primarily responsible for managing risk, the Board of Directors and each of its committees play a role in overseeing the Company’s risk management practices. The full Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for risk oversight, and it discharges this responsibility by, among other things, receiving regular reports from Company management concerning the Company’s business and the material risks facing the Company. Each of the Board’s committees also plays a role in risk oversight as follows:

Audit Committee. Under its charter, the Audit Committee plays a key role in the Board of Directors’ risk oversight process. The Audit Committee’s duties include discussing the Company’s guidelines and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management with Company management and the Company’s independent auditors. The Audit Committee also receives regular reports from Company management and discusses with management the steps taken to monitor and control risk exposures. In addition, the Audit Committee reviews all of the Company’s quarterly financial reports, including any disclosure therein of risk factors affecting the Company and its businesses. The Audit Committee regularly receives reports from, among others, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer, or persons performing similar functions, will be posted on our web site.

-4-


RELOCATABLE MODULAR BUILDINGS

Description

Modulars are designed for use as classrooms, temporary offices adjacentand its Compliance Officer. The Audit Committee provides regular reports to existing facilities, sales offices, construction field offices, restroom buildings, health care clinics, child care facilities, office space, and for a varietythe full Board of other purposes and may be moved from one location to another.  Modulars vary from simple single-unit construction site offices to multi-floor modular complexes.  The Company’s modular rental fleet includes a full range of styles and sizes.  The Company considers its modulars to be among the most attractive and well-designed available.  The units are constructed with wood or metal siding, sturdily built and physically capable of a long useful life. Modulars are generally provided with installed heat, air conditioning, lighting, electrical outlets and floor covering, and may have customized interiors including partitioning, cabinetry and plumbing facilities.

Mobile Modular purchases new modulars from various manufacturers who build to Mobile Modular’s design specifications.   During 2021, Mobile Modular purchased 41% of its modular units from one manufacturer.  The Company believes that the loss of any of its primary modular manufacturers could have an adverse effectDirectors on its operations since Mobile Modular could experience higher pricesrisk oversight activities and longer lead times for delivery of modular units until other manufacturers were able to increase their production capacity.any issues identified.

The Company’s modulars are manufactured to comply

9


Compensation Committee. Under its charter, the Compensation Committee reviews with state building codes, have a low risk of obsolescence, and can be modified or reconfigured to accommodate a wide variety of customer needs.  Historically, as state building codes have changed over the years, Mobile Modular has been able to continue to use existing modulars, with minimal, if any, required upgrades.  The Company has no assurance that it will continue to be able to use existing modular equipment with minimal upgrades as building codes change in the future.

Mobile Modular currently operates from regional sales and inventory centers in California, Texas, Florida, Georgia and Virginia, serving large geographic areas in these and surrounding states, and sales offices serving Louisiana, North Carolina and South Carolina. In 2021, the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of Design Space Modular Buildings PNW, LP, which operated from a number of smaller sales and inventory centers across the Western United States.  In 2021, the Company completed the purchase of the assets of GRS Holding LLC, DBA Kitchens To Go (“Kitchens To Go”).  Kitchens To Go provides interim and permanent modular kitchen solutions serving the United States from its inventory center in Indiana.  These sales and inventory centers have in-house infrastructure and operational capabilities to support quick and efficient repair, modification, and refurbishment of equipment for the next rental opportunity.  The Company believes operating from large regional sales and inventory centers results in better operating margins as operating costs can be spread over a large installed customer base.  Mobile Modular actively maintains and repairs its rental equipment,independent compensation consultant and management, believes this ensuresas appropriate, the continued use ofCompany’s compensation and succession plans, policies, and practices. The Compensation Committee also sets performance goals under the modular product over its long lifeCompany’s annual bonus and when sold, has resulted in higher sale proceeds relative to its capitalized cost.  When rental equipment returns from a customer,long-term incentive plans. In setting the necessary repairsperformance targets and preventative maintenanceoverseeing the Company’s compensation plans, policies, and practices, the Compensation Committee considers whether such plans, policies, and practices are performed prior to its next rental. By making these expenditures for repair and maintenance throughoutconsistent with the equipment’s life we believe that older equipment can generally rent for rates similar to those of newer equipment.  Management believes the condition of the equipment is a more significant factor in determining the rental rate and sale price than its age.  Over the last three years, used equipment sold each year represented approximately 2% of rental equipment, and has been, on average, 15 years old with sale proceeds above its net book value.

Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership – Mobile Modular has the leading modular building and container fleet in the United States. Rental units for temporary classroom and other educational space needs are an important market segment and the Company believes Mobile Modular is the leading supplier in California and Florida, and a significant supplier in Texas, of modular educational facilities for rental to both public and private schools.  Management is knowledgeable about the needs of its educational customers and the related regulatory requirements in the states where Mobile Modular operates, which enables Mobile Modular to meet its customers’ specific project requirements.

Expertise – The Company believes that over the 40 plus years during which Mobile Modular has competed in the modular rental industry, it has developed expertise that differentiates it from its competitors.  Mobile Modular has dedicated its attention to continuously developing and improving the quality of its modular units.  Mobile Modular has expertise in the licensing and regulatory requirements that govern modulars in the states where it operates, and its management, sales and operational staffs are knowledgeable and committed to providing exemplary customer service.  Mobile Modular has expertise in project management and complex applications.

-5-


Operating Structure Partlong-term interests of the Company’s strategy for Mobile Modular is to create facilities and infrastructure capabilities that its competitors cannot easily duplicate.  Mobile Modular achieves this by building regional sales and inventory centers designed to serve a broad geographic area and a large installed customer base under a single overhead structure, thereby reducing its cost per transaction.shareholders. The Company’s regional facilities and related infrastructure enable Mobile Modular to maximize its modular inventory utilization through efficient and cost effective in-house repair, maintenance and refurbishment for quick redeployment of equipment to meet its customers’ needs.

Asset Management – The Company believes Mobile Modular markets high quality, well-constructed and attractive modulars. Mobile Modular requires manufacturers to build to its specifications, which enables Mobile Modular to maintain a standardized quality fleet.  In addition, through its ongoing repair, refurbishment and maintenance programs, the Company believes Mobile Modular’s buildings are the best maintained in the industry.  The Company depreciates its modular buildings over an 18 year estimated useful life to a 50% residual value. Older buildings continue to be productive primarily because of Mobile Modular’s focus on ongoing fleet maintenance. Also, as a result of Mobile Modular’s maintenance programs, when a modular unit is sold, a high percentage of the equipment’s capitalized cost is recovered. In addition, the fleet’s utilization is regionally optimized by managing inventory through estimates of market demand, fulfillment of current rental and sale order activity, modular returns and capital purchases.

Customer Service - The Company believes the modular rental industry to be service intensive and locally based.  The Company strives to provide excellent service by meeting its commitments to its customers, being proactive in resolving project issues and seeking to continuously improve the customers’ experience.  Mobile Modular is committed to offering quick response to requests for information, providing experienced assistance, on time delivery and preventative maintenance of its units.  Mobile Modular’s goal is to continuously improve its procedures, processes and computer systems to enhance internal operational efficiency.  The Company believes this dedication to customer service results in high levels of customer loyalty and repeat business.

Market

Management estimates relocatable modular building rental is an industry that today has equipment on rent or available for rent in the U.S. with an aggregate original cost of over $5.0 billion. Mobile Modular’s largest market segment is for temporary classroom and other educational space needs of public and private schools, colleges and universities in California and Florida, and to a lesser extent in Texas, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Virginia and Washington, D.C.  Management believes the demand for rental classrooms is caused by shifting and fluctuating school populations, the limited state funds for new construction, the need for temporary classroom space during reconstruction of older schools, class size reduction and the phasing out of portable classrooms compliant with older building codes (see “Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)” below).  Other customer applications include sales offices, construction field offices, health care facilities, church sanctuaries and child care facilities.  Industrial, manufacturing, entertainment and utility companies, as well as governmental agencies commonly use large multi-modular complexes to serve their interim administrative and operational space needs. Modulars offer customers quick, cost-effective space solutions while conserving their capital.  The Company’s corporate offices and regional sales and inventory center offices are housed in various sizes of modular units.

Since most of Mobile Modular’s customer requirements are to fill temporary space needs, Mobile Modular’s marketing emphasis is on rentals rather than sales. Mobile Modular attracts customers through its website at www.mobilemodular.com, internet advertising and direct marketing.  Customers are encouraged to visit a regional sales and inventory center to view different models on display and to see a regional office, which is a working example of a modular application.

Because service is a major competitive factor in the rental of modulars, Mobile Modular offers quick response to requests for information, assistance in the choice of a suitable size and floor plan, in-house customization services, rapid delivery, timely installation and field service of its units.  On Mobile Modular’s website, customers are able to view and select inventory for quotation and request in-field service.

Rentals

Rental periods range from one month to several years with a typical initial contract term between twelve and twenty-four months. In general, monthly rental rates are determined by a number of factors including length of term, market demand, product availability and product type.  Upon expiration of the initial term, or any extensions, rental rates are reviewed, and when appropriate, are adjusted based on current market conditions.  Most rental agreements are operating leases that provide no purchase options, and when a rental agreement does provide the customer with a purchase option, it is generally on terms management believes to be attractive to Mobile Modular.

The customer is responsible for obtaining the necessary use permits and for the costs of insuring the unit, and is financially responsible for transporting the unit to the site, preparation of the site, installation of the unit, dismantle and return delivery of the unit to Mobile Modular, and certain costs for customization.  Mobile Modular maintains the units in good working condition while on rent.  

-6-


Upon return, the units are inspected for damage and customers are billed for items considered beyond normal wear and tear.  Generally, the units are then repaired for subsequent use.  Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred and can include floor repairs, roof maintenance, cleaning, painting and other cosmetic repairs.  The costs of major refurbishment of equipment are capitalized to the extent the refurbishment significantly improves the quality and adds value or life to the equipment.

At December 31, 2021, Mobile Modular owned 65,673 new or previously rented modulars and portable storage containers with an aggregate cost of $1,040.1 million including accessories, or an average cost per unit of $15,837.  Utilization is calculated at the end of each month by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment, excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.  At December 31, 2021, fleet utilization was 76.4% and average fleet utilization during 2021 was 76.2%.  The Mobile Modular segment includes the results of operations of Mobile Modular Portable Storage and Kitchens To Go, which represented approximately 10% and 1% of the Company’s 2021 total revenues, respectively.  The Company acquired the assets of Kitchens To Go on April 1, 2021, which provide interim and permanent modular kitchen solutions for foodservice providers that require flexible facilities to continue or expand operations.

Sales

In addition to operating its rental fleet, Mobile Modular sells modulars to customers.  These sales may arise out of its marketing efforts for the rental fleet and from existing equipment already on rent or from specific requests for new buildings for a permanent need.The Company has a dedicated team that focuses on these custom sale opportunities.  Such sales can be of either new or used units from the rental fleet, which permits some turnover of older units.  During 2021 Mobile Modular’s largest sale represented approximately 4% of Mobile Modular’s sales, 2% of the Company’s consolidated sales and less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated revenues.

Mobile Modular typically provides limited 90-day warranties on used modulars and passes through the manufacturers’ one-year warranty on new units to its customers.  Warranty costs have not been significant to Mobile Modular’s operations to date, and the Company attributes this to its commitment to high quality standards and regular maintenance programs.  However, there can be no assurance that warranty costs will continue to be insignificant to Mobile Modular’s operations in the future.

Enviroplex manufactures portable classrooms built to the requirements of the California Division of the State Architect (“DSA”) and sells directly to California public school districts and other educational institutions.

Seasonality

Typically, during each calendar year, our highest numbers of classrooms are shipped for rental and sale orders during the second and third quarters for delivery and installation prior to the start of the upcoming school year. The majority of classrooms shipped in the second and third quarters have rental start dates during the third quarter, thereby making the fourth quarter the first full quarter of rental revenues recognized for these transactions.

Competition

Competition in the rental and sale of relocatable modular buildings is intense. Some of our competitors in the modular building leasing industry, notably WillScot Corporation (which merged with Mobile Mini in July 2020), have a greater range of products and services, greater financial and marketing resources, larger customer bases, and greater name recognition than we have.  In addition, a number of other smaller companies operate regionally throughout the country.  Mobile Modular operates primarily in California, the Pacific Northwest, Texas, Florida, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Virginia, Maryland and Washington, D.C.  Significant competitive factors in the rental business include availability, price, service, reliability, appearance and functionality of the product. Mobile Modular markets high quality, well-constructed and attractive modulars. Part of the Company’s strategy for modulars is to create facilities and infrastructure capabilities that its competitors cannot easily duplicate. The Company's facilities and related infrastructure enable it to modify modulars efficiently and cost effectively to meet its customers’ needs. Management's goal is to be more responsive at less expense. Management believes this strategy, together with its emphasis on prompt and efficient customer service, gives Mobile Modular a competitive advantage. Mobile Modular is determined to respond quickly to requests for information, and provide experienced assistance for the first-time user, rapid delivery and timely repair of its modular units. Mobile Modular’s already high level of efficiency and responsiveness continues to improve as the Company upgrades procedures, processes and computer systems that control its internal operations. The Company anticipates intense competition to continue and believes it must continue to improve its products and services to remain competitive in the market for modulars.

Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)

Mobile Modular and Enviroplex provide classroom and specialty space needs serving public and private schools, colleges and universities.  Within the educational market, the rental (by Mobile Modular) and sale (by Enviroplex and Mobile Modular) of modulars to public school districts for use as portable classrooms, restroom buildings and administrative offices for kindergarten through grade

-7-


twelve (K-12) are a significant portion of the Company’s revenues.   Mobile Modular rents and sells classrooms in California, the Pacific Northwest, Florida, Texas, Louisiana, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Maryland, Virginia and Washington, D.C.  Enviroplex sells classrooms in the California market. California is Mobile Modular’s largest educational market.  Historically, demand in this market has been fueled by shifting and fluctuating student populations, insufficient funding for new school construction, class size reduction programs, modernization of aging school facilities and the phasing out of portable classrooms no longer compliant with current building codes.  The following table shows the approximate percentages of the Company’s modular rental and sales revenues, and of its consolidated rental and sales revenues for the past five years, that rentals and sales to these schools constitute:

Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12) as a Percentage of Total Rental and Sales Revenues

Percentage of:

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Modular Rental Revenues (Mobile Modular)

 

28%

 

 

33%

 

 

32%

 

 

33%

 

 

33%

 

Modular Sales Revenues (Mobile Modular & Enviroplex)

 

49%

 

 

48%

 

 

64%

 

 

70%

 

 

76%

 

Modular Rental and Sales Revenues (Mobile Modular & Enviroplex)

 

34%

 

 

38%

 

 

42%

 

 

44%

 

 

47%

 

Consolidated Rental and Sales Revenues 1

 

21%

 

 

23%

 

 

25%

 

 

24%

 

 

26%

 

1

Consolidated Rental and Sales Revenue percentage is calculated by dividing Modular rental and sales revenues to public schools (K-12) by the Company’s consolidated rental and sales revenues.

School Facility Funding

Funding for public school facilities is derived from a variety of sources including the passage of both statewide and local facility bond measures, operating budgets, developer fees, various taxes including parcel and sales taxes levied to support school operating budgets, and lottery funds. There is no certainty on the timing of the bond sales and it could take additional years before projects funded by these bonds generate meaningful demand for relocatable classrooms.

-8-


ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT

Description

TRS-RenTelco rents and sells electronic test equipment nationally and internationally from two facilities located on the grounds of the Dallas Fort Worth International Airport in Grapevine, Texas (the “Dallas facility”) and Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Canada (the “Montreal facility”).  TRS-RenTelco’s revenues are derived from the rental and sale of general purpose and communications test equipment to a broad range of companies, from Fortune 500 to middle and smaller market companies, in the aerospace, defense, communications, manufacturing and semiconductor industries.  Electronic test equipment revenues are primarily affected by the business activity within these industries related to research and development, manufacturing, and communication infrastructure installation and maintenance. The Dallas facility, TRS-RenTelco’s primary operating location, houses the electronic test equipment inventory, sales engineers, calibration laboratories, and operations staff for U.S. and international business. The Montreal facility houses sales engineers and operations staff to serve the Canadian market. As of December 31, 2021, the original cost of electronic test equipment inventory was comprised of 79% general purpose electronic test equipment and 21% communications electronic test equipment.

Engineers, technicians and scientists utilize general purpose electronic test equipment in developing products, controlling manufacturing processes, completing field service applications and evaluating the performance of their own electrical and electronic equipment. These instruments are rented primarily to aerospace, defense, electronics, industrial, research and semiconductor industries. To date, Keysight Technologies, Rhode & Schwarz and Tektronix, a division of Fortive Corporation, have manufactured the majority of TRS-RenTelco’s general purpose electronic test equipment with the remainder acquired from over 60 other manufacturers.

Communications test equipment, including fiber optic test equipment, is utilized by technicians, engineers and installation contractors to evaluate voice, data and multimedia communications networks, to install fiber optic cabling, and in the development and manufacturing of transmission, network and wireless products. These instruments are rented primarily to manufacturers of communications equipment and products, electrical and communications installation contractors, field technicians, and service providers. To date, Anritsu, Viavi Solutions and Fluke Networks, a division of Fortive Corporation, have manufactured a significant portion of TRS-RenTelco’s communications test equipment, with the remainder acquired from over 40 other manufacturers.

TRS-RenTelco’s general purpose test equipment rental inventory includes oscilloscopes, amplifiers, analyzers (spectrum, network and logic), signal source and power source test equipment. The communications test equipment rental inventory includes network and transmission test equipment for various fiber, copper and wireless networks. TRS-RenTelco occasionally rents electronic test equipment from other rental companies and re-rents the equipment to customers.

Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership - The Company believes that TRS-RenTelco is one of the largest electronic test equipment rental and leasing companies offering a broad and deep selection of general purpose and communications test equipment for rent in North America.

Expertise - The Company believes that its knowledge of products, technology and applications expertise provides it with a competitive advantage over others in the industry.  Customer requirements are supported by application engineers and technicians that are knowledgeable about the equipment’s uses to ensure the right equipment is selected to meet the customer’s needs. This knowledge can be attributed to the experience of TRS-RenTelco’s management, sales and operational teams.

Operating Structure - TRS-RenTelco is supported by a centralized distribution and inventory center on the grounds of the Dallas-Fort Worth Airport in Texas.  The Company believes that the centralization of servicing all customers in North America and internationally by TRS-RenTelco’s experienced logistics teams provides a competitive advantage by minimizing transaction costs and enabling TRS-RenTelco to ensure customer requirements are met.

Asset Management - TRS-RenTelco’s rental equipment inventory is serviced by an ISO 9001-2015 registered and compliant calibration laboratory that repairs and calibrates equipment ensuring that off rent equipment is ready to ship immediately to meet customers’ needs.  TRS-RenTelco’s team of technicians, product managers and sales personnel are continuously monitoring and analyzing the utilization of existing products, new technologies, general economic conditions and estimates of customer demand to ensure the right equipment is purchased and sold, at the right point in the equipment’s technology life cycle.  The Company believes this enables it to maximize utilization of equipment and the cash flow generated by the rental and sales revenue of each model of equipment.  TRS-RenTelco strives to maintain strong relationships with equipment manufacturers, which enables it to leverage those relationships to gain rental opportunities.

Customer Service - The Company believes that its focus on providing excellent service to its customers provides a competitive advantage.  TRS-RenTelco strives to provide exemplary service to fulfill its commitments to its customers.  TRS-RenTelco prides itself

-9-


in providing solutions to meet customers’ needs by having equipment available and responding quickly and thoroughly to their requests.  TRS-RenTelco’s sophisticated in-house laboratory ensures the equipment is fully functional and meets its customers’ delivery requirements. Service needs of TRS-RenTelco’s customers are supported 24 hours a day, 7 days a week by its customer care specialists.  TRS-RenTelco’s goal is to provide service beyond its customers’ expectations, which, the Company believes, results in customer loyalty and repeat business.

Market

Electronic test equipment rental is a market which we estimate has equipment on rent worldwide or available for rent with an aggregate original cost in excess of $1 billion.  There is a broad customer base for the rental of such instruments, including aerospace, communications, defense, electrical contractor, electronics, industrial, installer contractor, network systems and research companies.

TRS-RenTelco markets its electronic test equipment throughout the United States, Canada, and, to a limited extent, other countries. TRS-RenTelco attracts customers through its outside sales force, website at www.TRSRenTelco.com, telemarketing program, trade show participation, paid internet search and electronic mail campaigns. A key part of the sales process is TRS-RenTelco’s knowledgeable inside sales engineering team that effectively matches test equipment solutions to meet specific customer’s requirements.

The Company believes that customers rent electronic test equipment for many reasons. Customers frequently need equipment for short-term projects, to evaluate new products, and for backup to avoid costly downtime.  Delivery times for the purchase of such equipment can be lengthy; thus, renting allows the customer to obtain the equipment expeditiously.  The CompanyCompensation Committee also believes that the relative certainty of rental costs can facilitate cost control and be useful in the bidding of and pass-through of contract costs. Finally, renting rather than purchasing may better satisfy the customer’s budgetary constraints.

Rentals

TRS-RenTelco rents electronic test equipment typically for rental periods of one to six months, although in some instances, rental terms can be up to a year or longer.  Monthly rental rates typically are between 2% and 10% of the current manufacturers’ list price. TRS-RenTelco depreciates its equipment over 1 to 8 years with no residual value.

At December 31, 2021, TRS-RenTelco had an electronic test equipment rental inventory including accessories with an aggregate cost of $361.4 million. Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of the rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment, excluding accessory equipment.  Utilization was 62.9% as of December 31, 2021 and averaged 67.0% during the year.

Sales

Profit from equipment sales is a material component of TRS-RenTelco’s overall annual earnings. Gross profit from sales of both used and new equipment over the last five years generally has ranged from approximately 20% to 23% of total annual gross profit for our electronics division. For 2021, gross profit on equipment sales was approximately 21% of total division gross profit. Equipment sales are driven by the turnover of older technology rental equipment, to maintain target utilization at a model number level, and new equipment sales opportunities. In 2021, approximately 16% of the electronic test equipment revenues were derived from sales.  The largest electronic test equipment sale during 2021 represented 5% of electronic test equipment sales, 1% of the Company’s consolidated sales and less than 1% of consolidated revenues. There is intense competition in the sales of electronic test equipment from a world-wide network of test equipment brokers and resellers, legacy rental companies, and equipment manufacturers. We believe the annual world-wide sales of electronic test equipment is in excess of $8.0 billion per year.

Seasonality

Rental activity may decline in the fourth quarter month of December and the first quarter months of January and February.  These months may have lower rental activity due to holiday closures, particularly by larger companies, inclement weather and its impact on various field related communications equipment rentals, and companies’ operational recovery from holiday closures which may impact the start-up of new projects coming online in the first quarter.  These factors may impact the quarterly results of each year’s first and fourth quarter.

Competition

The electronic test equipment rental business is characterized by intense competition from several competitors, including Electro Rent Corporation, Continental Resources, and TestEquity, some of which may have access to greater financial and other resources than we do. TRS-RenTelco competes with these and other test equipment rental companies on the basis of product availability, price, service and reliability. Although no single competitor holds a dominant market share, we face intense competition from these established entities and new entrants in the market.  Some of our competitors may offer similar equipment for lease, rental or sales at lower prices and may offer more extensive servicing, or financing options.

-10-


LIQUID AND SOLID CONTAINMENT TANKS AND BOXES

Description

Adler Tanks’ rental inventory is comprised of tanks and boxes used for various containment solutions to store hazardous and non-hazardous liquids and solids in applications such as: refinery, chemical and industrial plant maintenance, environmental remediation and field services, infrastructure building construction, marine services, oil and gas exploration and field services, pipeline construction and maintenance, tank terminals services, wastewater treatment, and waste management and landfill services. The tanks and boxes are comprised of the following products:

fixed axle steel tanks (“tanks”) for the storage of groundwater, wastewater, volatile organic liquids, sewage, slurry and bio sludge, oil and water mixtures and chemicals, which are available in a variety of sizes including 21,000 gallon, 16,000 gallon and 8,000 gallon sizes;

vacuum containers (“boxes”), which provide secure containment of sludge and solid materials and may be used for additional on-site storage or for transporting materials off-site enabling vacuum trucks to remain in operation;

dewatering boxes for the separation of water contained in sludge and slurry; and

roll-off and trash boxes for the temporary storage and transport of solid waste.

Adler Tanks purchases tanks and boxes from various manufacturers located throughout the country.

Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership - The Company believes that Adler Tanks is one of the largest participants in the liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes rental business in North America.  Adler Tanks has national reach from branches serving the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, Southeast, Southwest and West.

Expertise and Customer Service – The Company believes that Adler Tanks has highly experienced operating management and branch employees. Adler Tanks employees are knowledgeable about the operation of its rental equipment and customer applications. The Company believes that Adler Tanks provides a superior level of customer service due to its strong relationship building skills and the quality of its responsiveness.

Asset Management – The Company believes that Adler Tanks markets a high quality, well-constructed and well-maintained rental product.  The Company depreciates its tanks and boxes over a 20 year estimated useful life to 0% residual value.  We believe that if maintained, older tanks and boxes will continue to produce similar rental rates as newer equipment.  The fleet’s utilization is regionally optimized by understanding key vertical market customer demand, seasonality factors, competitor’s product availability and expected equipment returns.

Market

Liquid and solid containment equipment rental is a market in the U.S with a large and diverse number of market segments including refinery, chemical and industrial plant maintenance, environmental remediation and field services, infrastructure building construction, marine services, oil and gas exploration and field services, pipeline construction and maintenance, electrical grid transformer maintenance, tank terminals services, wastewater treatment, and waste management and landfill services.

The tank and box rental products may be utilized throughout the U.S. and are not subject to any local or regional construction code or approval standards.

Rentals

Adler Tanks rents tanks and boxes typically for rental periods of one to six months, although in some instances, rental terms can be up to a year or longer.  Monthly rental rates typically are between 2% and 10% of the equipment’s original acquisition cost.  At December 31, 2021, Adler Tanks had rental equipment inventory including accessories with an aggregate cost of $309.9 million.  Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of the rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment, excluding accessory equipment.  Utilization was 47.6% at December 31, 2021 and averaged 45.4% during the year.

Seasonality

Rental activity may decline in the fourth quarter month of December and the first quarter months of January and February.  These months may have lower rental activity due to inclement weather in certain regions of the country impacting the industries that we serve.

-11-


Competition

The liquid and solid containment rental industry is highly competitive including national, regional and local companies.  Some of our national competitors, notably United Rentals, Rain For Rent and Mobile Mini (merged with WillScot in July 2020), may be larger than we are and may have greater financial and other resources than we have.  Some of our competitors also have longer operating histories and lower cost basis of rental equipment than we have.  In addition, certain of our competitors are more geographically diverse than we are and have greater name recognition among customers than we do.  As a result, our competitors that have these advantages may be better able to attract and retain customers and provide their products and services at lower rental rates.  Adler Tanks competes with these companies based upon product availability, product quality, price, service and reliability.  We may encounter increased competition in the markets that we serve from existing competitors or from new market entrants in the future.

REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

For segment information regarding the Company’s four reportable business segments:  Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco, Adler Tanks and Enviroplex, see “Note 12. Segment Reporting” to the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

-12-


PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

The following table shows the revenue components, percentage of rental and total revenues, rental equipment (at cost), rental equipment (net book value), number of relocatable modular units, year-end and average utilization, average rental equipment (at cost), annual yield on average rental equipment (at cost) and gross margin on rental revenues and sales by product line for the past five years.

Product Highlights

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Relocatable Modular Buildings (operating under Mobile

   Modular and Enviroplex)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

220,569

 

 

$

188,719

 

 

$

182,316

 

 

$

159,136

 

 

$

142,584

 

Rental related services

 

 

72,330

 

 

 

67,527

 

 

 

69,395

 

 

 

54,696

 

 

 

50,448

 

Total Modular rental operations

 

 

292,899

 

 

 

256,246

 

 

 

251,711

 

 

 

213,832

 

 

 

193,032

 

Sales — Mobile Modular

 

 

68,982

 

 

 

63,863

 

 

 

47,043

 

 

 

39,467

 

 

 

37,435

 

Sales — Enviroplex

 

 

31,081

 

 

 

32,737

 

 

 

39,814

 

 

 

29,046

 

 

 

31,369

 

Total Modular sales

 

 

100,063

 

 

 

96,600

 

 

 

86,857

 

 

 

68,513

 

 

 

68,804

 

Other

 

 

1,435

 

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

2,256

 

 

 

1,275

 

 

 

799

 

Total Modular revenues

 

$

394,397

 

 

$

354,261

 

 

$

340,824

 

 

$

283,620

 

 

$

262,635

 

Percentage of rental revenues

 

 

56.5

%

 

 

53.6

%

 

 

51.5

%

 

 

49.9

%

 

 

49.3

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

64.0

%

 

 

61.9

%

 

 

59.8

%

 

 

56.9

%

 

 

56.8

%

Rental equipment, at cost (year-end)

 

$

1,040,094

 

 

$

882,115

 

 

$

868,807

 

 

$

817,375

 

 

$

775,400

 

Rental equipment, net book value (year-end)

 

$

751,537

 

 

$

611,590

 

 

$

610,048

 

 

$

572,032

 

 

$

543,857

 

Number of units (year-end)

 

 

65,673

 

 

 

56,880

 

 

 

56,207

 

 

 

53,035

 

 

 

52,188

 

Utilization (year-end) 1

 

 

76.4

%

 

 

76.0

%

 

 

79.1

%

 

 

79.3

%

 

 

77.8

%

Average utilization 1

 

 

76.2

%

 

 

77.2

%

 

 

79.2

%

 

 

78.2

%

 

 

76.8

%

Average rental equipment, at cost 2

 

$

925,951

 

 

$

825,614

 

 

$

795,250

 

 

$

756,513

 

 

$

747,478

 

Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4

 

 

23.8

%

 

 

22.9

%

 

 

22.9

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

19.1

%

Gross margin on rental revenues

 

 

59.9

%

 

 

62.5

%

 

 

59.8

%

 

 

59.8

%

 

 

56.1

%

Gross margin on sales

 

 

33.1

%

 

 

31.9

%

 

 

33.9

%

 

 

30.7

%

 

 

28.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Electronic Test Equipment (operating under

   TRS-RenTelco)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

113,419

 

 

$

109,083

 

 

$

103,704

 

 

$

89,937

 

 

$

82,812

 

Rental related services

 

 

2,880

 

 

 

3,080

 

 

 

3,260

 

 

 

3,300

 

 

 

2,858

 

Total Electronics rental operations

 

 

116,299

 

 

 

112,163

 

 

 

106,964

 

 

 

93,237

 

 

 

85,670

 

Sales

 

 

22,242

 

 

 

26,618

 

 

 

22,106

 

 

 

23,061

 

 

 

20,334

 

Other

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

2,030

 

 

 

2,413

 

 

 

2,359

 

 

 

2,040

 

Total Electronics revenues

 

$

140,194

 

 

$

140,811

 

 

$

131,483

 

 

$

118,657

 

 

$

108,044

 

Percentage of rental revenues

 

 

29.1

%

 

 

31.0

%

 

 

29.3

%

 

 

28.2

%

 

 

28.6

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

22.7

%

 

 

24.6

%

 

 

23.1

%

 

 

23.8

%

 

 

23.4

%

Rental equipment, at cost (year-end)

 

$

361,391

 

 

$

333,020

 

 

$

335,343

 

 

$

285,052

 

 

$

262,325

 

Rental equipment, net book value (year-end)

 

$

161,900

 

 

$

156,536

 

 

$

172,413

 

 

$

131,450

 

 

$

109,482

 

Utilization (year-end) 1

 

 

62.9

%

 

 

67.4

%

 

 

64.5

%

 

 

62.1

%

 

 

61.7

%

Average utilization 1

 

 

67.0

%

 

 

66.2

%

 

 

66.2

%

 

 

62.7

%

 

 

62.9

%

Average rental equipment, at cost 3

 

$

351,895

 

 

$

336,399

 

 

$

306,426

 

 

$

275,891

 

 

$

252,332

 

Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4

 

 

32.3

%

 

 

32.4

%

 

 

33.8

%

 

 

32.6

%

 

 

32.8

%

Gross margin on rental revenues

 

 

41.3

%

 

 

41.7

%

 

 

43.8

%

 

 

43.6

%

 

 

44.0

%

Gross margin on sales

 

 

57.0

%

 

 

47.7

%

 

 

56.2

%

 

 

54.6

%

 

 

56.9

%

-13-


(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Liquid and Solid Containment Tanks and Boxes

   (operating under Adler Tanks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

56,025

 

 

$

53,988

 

 

$

67,869

 

 

$

69,701

 

 

$

64,021

 

Rental related services

 

 

22,851

 

 

 

21,786

 

 

 

28,383

 

 

 

24,911

 

 

 

24,762

 

Total Tanks and Boxes rental operations

 

 

78,876

 

 

 

75,774

 

 

 

96,252

 

 

 

94,612

 

 

 

88,783

 

Sales

 

 

2,930

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

2,362

 

Other

 

 

436

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

397

 

 

 

210

 

Total Tanks and Boxes revenues

 

$

82,242

 

 

$

77,482

 

 

$

97,923

 

 

$

96,053

 

 

$

91,355

 

Percentage of rental revenues

 

 

14.4

%

 

 

15.3

%

 

 

19.2

%

 

 

21.9

%

 

 

22.1

%

Percentage of total revenues

 

 

13.3

%

 

 

13.5

%

 

 

17.2

%

 

 

19.3

%

 

 

19.8

%

Rental equipment, at cost (year-end)

 

$

309,908

 

 

$

315,706

 

 

$

316,261

 

 

$

313,573

 

 

$

309,808

 

Rental equipment, net book value (year-end)

 

$

151,787

 

 

$

169,990

 

 

$

185,039

 

 

$

197,533

 

 

$

208,981

 

Utilization (year-end) 1

 

 

47.6

%

 

 

39.8

%

 

 

48.4

%

 

 

56.4

%

 

 

57.5

%

Average utilization 1

 

 

45.4

%

 

 

44.6

%

 

 

54.7

%

 

 

59.9

%

 

 

56.0

%

Average rental equipment, at cost 2

 

$

312,150

 

 

$

314,797

 

 

$

313,810

 

 

$

310,401

 

 

$

307,558

 

Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost 4

 

 

18.0

%

 

 

17.2

%

 

 

21.6

%

 

 

22.4

%

 

 

20.8

%

Gross margin on rental revenues

 

 

50.1

%

 

 

53.0

%

 

 

58.3

%

 

 

61.1

%

 

 

58.7

%

Gross margin on sales

 

 

29.2

%

 

 

7.9

%

 

 

25.1

%

 

 

3.7

%

 

 

15.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

616,833

 

 

$

572,554

 

 

$

570,230

 

 

$

498,330

 

 

$

462,034

 

1

Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment.  Average utilization is calculated using the average cost of equipment for the year.

2

Average rental equipment, at cost for modulars and tanks and boxes excludes new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.

3

Average rental equipment, at cost, for electronics excludes accessory equipment.

4

Annual yield on average rental equipment, at cost is calculated by dividing the total annual rental revenues by the average rental equipment, at cost.

-14-


ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following discussion of variousconsiders risks and uncertainties.  We believe these risk factors are the most relevant to our business and could cause our results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements made by us.  Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be seriously harmed if any of these risks or uncertainties actually occur or materialize.  In that event, the market price for our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR STRATEGY AND OPERATION:

Our future operating results may fluctuate, fail to match past performance or fail to meet expectations, which may result in a decrease in our stock price.

Our operating results may fluctuate in the future, may fail to match our past performance or fail to meet the expectations of analysts and investors.  Our results and related ratios, such as gross margin, operating income percentage and effective tax rate may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control including but not limited to:

general economic conditions in the geographies and industries where we rent and sell our products;

legislative and educational policies where we rent and sell our products;

the budgetary constraints of our customers;

seasonality of our rental businesses and our end-markets;

success of our strategic growth initiatives;

costs associated with the launching or integration of new or acquired businesses;

the timing and type of equipment purchases, rentals and sales;

the nature and duration of the equipment needs of our customers;

the timing of new product introductions by us, our suppliers and our competitors;

the volume, timing and mix of maintenance and repair work on our rental equipment;

supply chain delays or disruptions;

our equipment mix, availability, utilization and pricing;

the mix, by state and country, of our revenues, personnel and assets;

rental equipment impairment from excess, obsolete or damaged equipment;

movements in interest rates or tax rates;

changes in, and application of, accounting rules;

changes in the regulations applicable to us; and

litigation matters.

As a result of these factors, our historical financial results are not necessarily indicative of our future results or stock price.

Our stock price has fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which may result in a decline in the value of your investment in our common stock.

The market price of our common stock fluctuates on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and is likely to be affected by a number of factors including but not limited to:

our operating performance and the performance of our competitors, and in particular any variations in our operating results or dividend rate from our stated guidance or from investors’ expectations;

any changes in general conditions in the global economy, the industries in which we operate or the global financial markets;

investors’ reaction to our press releases, public announcements or filings with the SEC;

the stock price performance of our competitors or other comparable companies;

-15-


any changes in research analysts’ coverage, recommendations or earnings estimates for us or for the stocks of other companies in our industry;

any sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers and our other large shareholders, particularly in light of the limited trading volume of our stock;

any merger and acquisition activity that involves us or our competitors; and

other announcements or developments affecting us, our industry, customers, suppliers or competitors.

In addition, in recent years the U.S. stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations.  These fluctuations are often unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.  Additionally, the most recent global credit crisis adversely affected the prices of most publicly traded stocks as many stockholders became more willing to divest their stock holdings at lower values to increase their cash flow and reduce exposure to such fluctuations.  These broad market fluctuations and any other negative economic trends may cause declines in the market price of our common stock and may be based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our Company or its performance, and these fluctuations and trends could materially reduce our stock price.

The impact of COVID-19 on our operations, and the operations of our customers, suppliers and logistics providers, may harm our business.

We continue to monitor the ongoing impact of COVID-19 outbreak around the globe.  This includes evaluating the impact on our customers, suppliers, and logistics providers as well as evaluating governmental actions being taken to curtail the spread of the virus.  Significant uncertainty continues to exist concerning the magnitude of the impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and related variants.  While the Company’s operating segments and branch locations currently continue to operate, the Company’s results of operations may be negatively impacted by project delays, supply chain delays or disruptions; elevated costs for materials and labor; early returns of equipment currently on rent with customers; overall decreased customer demand for new rental orders, rental related services and sales of new and used rental equipment; and payment delay, or non-payment, by customers who are significantly impacted by COVID-19.

Our ability to retain our executive management and to recruit, retain and motivate key qualified employees is critical to the success of our business.

If we cannot successfully recruit and retain qualified personnel, our operating results and stock price may suffer.  We believe that our success is directly linked to the competent people in our organization, including our executive officers, senior managers and other key personnel, and in particular, Joe Hanna, our Chief Executive Officer.  Personnel turnover can be costly and could materially and adversely impact our operating results and can potentially jeopardize the success of our current strategic initiatives. We need to attract and retain highly qualified personnel to replace personnel when turnover occurs, as well as add to our staff levels as growth occurs.  Our business and stock price likely will suffer if we are unable to fill, or experience delays in filling open positions, or fail to retain key personnel.

Failure by third parties to manufacture and deliver our products to our specifications or on a timely basis may harm our reputation and financial condition.

We depend on third parties to manufacture our products even though we are able to purchase products from a variety of third-party suppliers.  In the future, we may be limited as to the number of third-party suppliers for some of our products. Although in general we make advance purchases of some products to help ensure an adequate supply, currently we do not have any long-term purchase contracts with any third-party supplier.  We may experience supply problems as a result of financial or operating difficulties or failure of our suppliers, or shortages and discontinuations resulting from product obsolescence or other shortages or allocations by our suppliers.  Unfavorable economic conditions may also adversely affect our suppliers or the terms on which we purchase products.  In the future, we may not be able to negotiate arrangements with third parties to secure products that we require in sufficient quantities or on reasonable terms.  If we cannot negotiate arrangements with third parties to produce our products or if the third parties fail to produce our products to our specifications or in a timely manner, our reputation and financial condition could be harmed.

We are subject to information technology system failures, network disruptions and breaches in data security which could subject us to liability, reputational damage or interrupt the operation of our business.

We rely upon our information technology systems and infrastructure for our business. We sustained an immaterial cybersecurity attack in 2021 involving ransomware that impacted certain of our systems, but was unsuccessful in its ability to disrupt our network.  Our investigation revealed that an unauthorized third party copied some personal information relating to certain current and former employees, directors, contractor workers and their dependents and certain other persons. Upon detection, we promptly undertook steps

-16-


to address the incident, restored network systems and resumed normal operations.  The attack did not result in any material disruption to our operations or ability to service our customers, and did not affect our financial performance.

In the future, we could experience additional breaches of our security measures resulting in the theft of confidential information or reputational damage from industrial espionage attacks, malware or other cyber-attacks, which may compromise our system infrastructure or lead to data leakage, either internally or at our third-party providers. Similarly, additional data privacy breaches by those who access our systems may pose a risk that sensitive data, including intellectual property, trade secrets or personal information belonging to us, our employees, customers or other business partners, may be exposed to unauthorized persons or to the public.

The immaterial breach of our information technology system and any future breaches could subject us to reputational damage. Cyber-attacks are increasing in their frequency, sophistication and intensity, and have become increasingly difficult to detect.  There can be no assurance that our efforts to protect our data and information technology systems will prevent future breaches in our systems (or that of our third-party providers) that could adversely affect our business and result in financial and reputational harm to us, theft of trade secrets and other proprietary information, legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties.

Disruptions in our information technology systems or failure to protect these systems against security breaches could adversely affect our business and results of operations.  Additionally, if these systems fail, become unavailable for any period of time or are not upgraded, this could limit our ability to effectively monitor and control our operations and adversely affect our operations.

Our information technology systems facilitate our ability to transact business, monitor and control our operations and adjust to changing market conditions.  We sustained an immaterial cybersecurity attack in 2021 involving ransomware that impacted certain of our systems, but was unsuccessful in its ability to disrupt our network.  Upon detection, we promptly undertook steps to address the incident, restored network systems and resumed normal operations.  Any future cybersecurity attack causing disruption in our information technology systems or the failure of these systems to operate as expected could, depending on the magnitude of the problem, adversely affect our operating results by limiting our capacity to effectively transact business, monitor and control our operations and adjust to changing market conditions in a timely manner.

In addition, because of recent advances in technology and well-known efforts on the part of computer hackers and cyber-terrorists to breach data security of companies, we face risks associated with failure to adequately protect critical corporate, customer and employee data, which could adversely impact our customer relationships, our reputation, and even violate privacy laws.  As part of our business, we develop, receive and retain confidential data about our company and our customers.

Further, the delay or failure to implement information system upgrades and new systems effectively could disrupt our business, distract management’s focus and attention from our business operations and growth initiatives, and increase our implementation and operating costs, any of which could negatively impact our operations and operating results.

We have engaged in acquisitions and may engage in future acquisitions that could negatively impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

In the second quarter 2021, we acquired the assets of Design Space Modular Buildings PNW, LP (“Design Space”), a provider of modular buildings and portable storage containers for rental and sale to customers in the West and Pacific Northwest states in the U.S. and GRS Holding LLC, DBA Kitchens to Go (“Kitchens To Go”), a provider of interim and permanent modular solutions for foodservice providers that require flexible facilities to continue or expand operations.  We anticipate that we will continue to consider acquisitions in the future that meet our strategic growth plans.  We are unable to predict whether or when any prospective acquisition will be completed.  Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies;

diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of our business;

difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets may have stronger market positions;

difficulties in complying with regulations applicable to any acquired business, such as environmental regulations, and managing risks related to an acquired business;

timely completion of necessary financing and required amendments, if any, to existing agreements;

an inability to implement uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

undiscovered and unknown problems, defects, damaged assets liabilities, or other issues related to any acquisition that become known to us only after the acquisition;

-17-


negative reactions from our customers to an acquisition;

disruptions among employees related to any acquisition which may erode employee morale;

loss of key employees, including costly litigation resulting from the termination of those employees;

an inability to realize cost efficiencies or synergies that we may anticipate when selecting acquisition candidates;

recording of goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to future impairment testing and potential periodic impairment charges;

incurring amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets; and

becoming subject to litigation.

Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our recent and future acquisitions will be successful or will not adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition.  The success of our acquisition strategy depends upon our ability to successfully complete acquisitions and integrate any businesses that we acquire into our existing business.  The difficulties of integration could be increased by the necessity of coordinating geographically dispersed organizations; maintaining acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; integrating personnel with disparate business backgrounds; combining different corporate cultures; and the impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of any integration of new management and other personnel.  In addition, if we consummate one or more significant future acquisitions in which the consideration consists of stock or other securities, our existing shareholders’ ownership could be diluted significantly. If we were to proceed with one or more significant future acquisitions in which the consideration included cash, we could be required to use, to the extent available, a substantial portion of our Credit Facility.  If we increase the amount borrowed against our available credit line, we would increase the risk of breaching the covenants under our credit facilities with our lenders.  In addition, it would limit our ability to make other investments, or we may be required to seek additional debt or equity financing. Any of these items could adversely affect our results of operations.

If we determine that our goodwill and intangible assets have become impaired, we may incur impairment charges, which would negatively impact our operating results.

At December 31, 2021, we had $179.4 million of goodwill and intangible assets, net, on our consolidated balance sheets.  Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations.  Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we assess potential impairment of our goodwill and intangible assets at least annually, as well as on an interim basis to the extent that factors or indicators become apparent that could reduce the fair value of any of our businesses below book value.  Impairment may result from significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or economic trends and significant underperformance relative to historic or projected operating results.

Our rental equipment is subject to residual value risk upon disposition, and may not sell at the prices or in the quantities we expect.

The market value of any given piece of rental equipment could be less than its depreciated value at the time it is sold. The market value of used rental equipment depends on several factors, including:

the market price for new equipment of a like kind;

the age of the equipment at the time it is sold, as well as wear and tear on the equipment relative to its age;

the supply of used equipment on the market;

technological advances relating to the equipment;

worldwide and domestic demand for used equipment; and

general economic conditions.

We include in income from operations the difference between the sales price and the depreciated value of an item of equipment sold. Changes in our assumptions regarding depreciation could change our depreciation expense, as well as the gain or loss realized upon disposal of equipment.  Sales of our used rental equipment at prices that fall significantly below our projections or in lesser quantities than we anticipate will have a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flows.

-18-


If we do not effectively manage our credit risk, collect on our accounts receivable or recover our rental equipment from our customers’ sites, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We generally rent and sell to customers on 30 day payment terms, individually perform credit evaluation procedures on our customers for each transaction and require security deposits or other forms of security from our customers when a significant credit risk is identified. Historically, accounts receivable write-offs and write-offs related to equipment not returned by customers have not been significant and have averaged less than 1% of total revenues over the last five years.�� If economic conditions deteriorate, we may see an increase in bad debt relative to historical levels, which may materially and adversely affect our operations. Business segments that experience significant market disruptions or declines may experience increased customer credit risk and higher bad debt expense. Failure to manage our credit risk and receive timely payments on our customer accounts receivable may result in write-offs and/or loss of equipment, particularly electronic test equipment.  If we are not able to effectively manage credit risk issues, or if a large number of our customers should have financial difficulties at the same time, our receivables and equipment losses could increase above historical levels.  If this should occur, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Effective management of our rental assets is vital to our business.  If we are not successful in these efforts, it could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our modular, electronics and liquid and solid containment rental products have long useful lives and managing those assets is a critical element to each of our rental businesses.  Generally, we design units and find manufacturers to build them to our specifications for our modular and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes. Modular asset management requires designing and building the product for a long life that anticipates the needs of our customers, including anticipating potential changes in legislation, regulations, building codes and local permitting in the various markets in which the Company operates. Electronic test equipment asset management requires understanding, selecting and investing in equipment technologies that support market demand, including anticipating technological advances and changes in manufacturers’ selling prices.  Liquid and solid containment asset management requires designing and building the product for a long life, using quality components and repairing and maintaining the products to prevent leaks.  For each of our modular, electronic test equipment and liquid and solid containment assets, we must successfully maintain and repair this equipment cost-effectively to maximize the useful life of the products and the level of proceeds from the sale of such products. To the extent that we are unable to do so, our result of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The nature of our businesses, including the ownership of industrial property, exposes us to the risk of litigation and liability under environmental, health and safety and products liability laws.  Violations of environmental or health and safety related laws or associated liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to national, state, provincial and local environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other things, solid and liquid waste and hazardous substances handling, storage and disposal and employee health and safety.  These laws and regulations are complex and frequently change.  We could incur unexpected costs, penalties and other civil and criminal liability if we fail to comply with applicable environmental or health and safety laws.  We also could incur costs or liabilities related to waste disposal or remediating soil or groundwater contamination at our properties, at our customers’ properties or at third party landfill and disposal sites.  These liabilities can be imposed on the parties generating, transporting or disposing of such substances or on the owner or operator of any affected property, often without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of hazardous substances.

Several aspects of our businesses involve risks of environmental and health and safety liability.  For example, our operations involve the use of petroleum products, solvents and other hazardous substances in the construction and maintaining of modular buildings and for fueling and maintaining our delivery trucks and vehicles.  We also own, transport and rent tanks and boxes in which waste materials are placed by our customers.  The historical operations at some of our previously or currently owned or leased and newly acquired or leased properties may have resulted in undiscovered soil or groundwater contamination or historical non-compliance by third parties for which we could be held liable.  Future events, such as changes in existing laws or policies or their enforcement, or the discovery of currently unknown contamination or non-compliance, may also give rise to liabilities or other claims based on these operations that may be material.  In addition, compliance with future environmental or healthcreated and safety laws and regulations may require significant capital or operational expenditures or changes to our operations.

Accordingly, in addition to potential penalties for non-compliance, we may become liable, either contractually or by operation of law, for investigation, remediation and monitoring costs even if the contaminated property is not presently owned or operated by us, or if the contamination was caused by third parties during or prior to our ownership or operation of the property.  In addition, certain parties may be held liable for more than their “fair” share of environmental investigation and cleanup costs. Contamination and exposure to hazardous substances or other contaminants such as mold can also result in claims for remediation or damages, including personal injury, property damage, and natural resources damage claims.  Although expenses related to environmental compliance, health and safety issues, and related matters have not been material to date, we cannot assure that we will not have to make significant expenditures in

-19-


the future in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations.  Violations of environmental or health and safety related laws or associated liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In general, litigation in the industries in which we operate, including class actions that seek substantial damages, arises with increasing frequency.  Enforcement of environmental and health and safety requirements is also frequent.  Such proceedings are invariably expensive, regardless of the merit of the plaintiffs’ or prosecutors’ claims.  We may be named as a defendant in the future, and there can be no assurance, irrespective of the merit of such future actions, that we will not be required to make substantial settlement payments in the future. Further, a significant portion of our business is conducted in California which is one of the most highly regulated and litigious states in the country.  Therefore, our potential exposure to losses and expenses due to new laws, regulations or litigation may be greater than companies with a less significant California presence.

The nature of our business also subjects us to property damage and product liability claims, especially in connection with our modular buildings and tank and box rental businesses. Although we maintain liability coverage that we believe is commercially reasonable, an unusually large property damage or product liability claim or a series of claims could exceed our insurance coverage or result in damage to our reputation.

Our routine business activities expose us to risk of litigation from employees, vendors and other third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We may be subject to claims arising from disputes with employees, vendors and other third parties in the normal course of our business; these risks may be difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude may remain unknown for substantial periods of time.  If the plaintiffs in any suits against us were to successfully prosecute their claims, or if we were to settlewhether any such suits by making significant paymentsrisks are reasonably likely to the plaintiffs, our operating results and financial condition would be harmed.  Even if the outcome of a claim proves favorable to us, litigation can be time consuming and costly and may divert management resources.  In addition, our organizational documents require us to indemnify our senior executives to the maximum extent permitted by California law.  We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that we believe is commercially reasonable in connection with such obligations, but if our senior executives were named in any lawsuit, our indemnification obligations could magnify the costs of these suits and/or exceed the coverage of such policies.

If we suffer loss to our facilities, equipment or distribution system due to catastrophe, our insurance policies could be inadequate or depleted, our operations could be seriously harmed, which could negatively affect our operating results.

Our facilities, rental equipment and distribution systems may be subject to catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, hurricane, earthquake, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters.  In particular, our headquarters, three operating facilities, and certain of our rental equipment are located in areas of California, with above average seismic activity and could be subject to catastrophic loss caused by an earthquake.  Our rental equipment and facilities in Texas, Louisiana, Florida, North Carolina and Georgia are located in areas subject to hurricanes and other tropical storms.  In addition to customers’ insurance on rented equipment, we carry property insurance on our rental equipment in inventory and operating facilities as well as business interruption insurance.  We believe our insurance policies have adequate limits and deductibles to mitigate the potential loss exposure of our business.  We do not maintain financial reserves for policy deductibles and our insurance policies contain exclusions that are customary for our industry, including exclusions for earthquakes, flood and terrorism.  If any of our facilities or a significant amount of our rental equipment were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay orders, shipments and revenue recognition and result in expenses to repair or replace the damaged rental equipment and facility not covered by insurance, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

INTEREST RATE AND INDEBTEDNESS RISKS:

Our debt instruments contain covenants that restrict or prohibit our ability to enter into a variety of transactions and may limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs. If we have an event of default under these instruments, our indebtedness could be accelerated and we may not be able to refinance such indebtedness or make the required accelerated payments.

The agreements governing our Series C, D and E Senior Notes (as defined and more fully described under the heading “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources”) and our Credit Facility contain various covenants that limit our discretion in operating our business.  In particular, we are limited in our ability to merge, consolidate, reorganize or transfer substantially all of our assets, make investments, pay dividends or distributions, redeem or repurchase stock, change the nature of our business, enter into transactions with affiliates, incur indebtedness and create liens on our assets to secure debt.  In addition, we are required to meet certain financial covenants under these instruments.  These restrictions could limit our ability to obtain future financing, make strategic acquisitions or needed capital expenditures, withstand economic downturns in our business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may arise.

-20-


A failure to comply with the restrictions contained in these agreements could lead to an event of default, which could result in an acceleration of our indebtedness.  In the event of an acceleration, we may not have or be able to obtain sufficient funds to refinance our indebtedness or make any required accelerated payments.  If we default on our indebtedness, our business financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The majority of our indebtedness is subject to variable interest rates, which makes us vulnerable to increases in interest rates, which could negatively affect our net income.

Our indebtedness exposes us to interest rate increases because the majority of our indebtedness is subject to variable rates.  At present, we do not have any derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps or hedges to mitigate interest rate variability. The interest rates under our credit facilities are reset at varying periods. These interest rate adjustments could cause periodic fluctuations in our operating results and cash flows.  Our annual debt service obligations increase by approximately $2.7 million per year for each 1% increase in the average interest rate we pay based on the $266.5 million balance of variable rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2021.  If interest rates rise in the future, and, particularly if they rise significantly, interest expense will increase and our net income will be negatively affected.

GENERAL RISKS:

Our effective tax rate may change and become less predictable as our business expands, or as a result of federal and state tax law changes, making our future earnings less predictable.

We continue to consider expansion opportunities domestically and internationally for our rental businesses.  Since the Company’s effective tax rate depends on business levels, personnel and assets located in various jurisdictions, further expansion into new markets or acquisitions may change the effective tax rate in the future and may make it, and consequently our earnings, less predictable going forward.  Further, the enactment of future tax law changes by federal and state taxing authorities may impact the Company’s current period tax provision and its deferred tax liabilities.  In addition, the amount and timing of stock-based compensation may also impact the Company’s current tax provision.

Changes in financial accounting standards may cause lower than expected operating results and affect our reported results of operations.

Changes in accounting standards and their application may have a significant effect on our reported results on a going-forward basis and may also affect the recording and disclosure of previously reported transactions.  New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred in the past and may occur in the future.  Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

SPECIFIC RISKS RELATED TO OUR RELOCATABLE MODULAR BUILDINGS BUSINESS SEGMENT:

Significant reductions of, or delays in, funding to public schools have caused the demand and pricing for our modular classroom units to decline, which has in the past caused, and may cause in the future, a reduction in our revenues and profitability.

Rentals and sales of modular buildings to public school districts for use as classrooms, restroom buildings, and administrative offices for K-12 represent a significant portion of Mobile Modular’s rental and sales revenues.  Funding for public school facilities is derived from a variety of sources including the passage of both statewide and local facility bond measures, developer fees and various taxes levied to support school operating budgets.  Many of these funding sources are subject to financial and political considerations, which vary from district to district and are not tied to demand.  Historically, we have benefited from the passage of statewide and local facility bond measures and believe these are essential to our business.

The state of California is our largest market for classroom rentals.  The strength of this market depends heavily on public funding from voter passage of both state and local facility bond measures, and the ability of the state to sell such bonds in the public market.  A lack of passage of state and local facility bond measures, or the inability to sell bonds in the public markets in the future could reduce our revenues and operating income, and consequently have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.  Furthermore, even if voters have approved facility bond measures and the state has raised bond funds, there is no guarantee that individual school projects will be funded in a timely manner.

As a consequence of the most recent economic recession, many states and local governments experienced large budget deficits resulting in severe budgetary constraints among public school districts.  To the extent public school districts’ funding is reduced for the rental and purchase of modular buildings, our business could be harmed and our results of operations negatively impacted.  We believe that interruptions or delays in the passage of facility bond measures or completion of state budgets, an insufficient amount of state funding, a significant reduction of funding to public schools, or changes negatively impacting enrollment may reduce the rental and sale demand for our educational products.  Any reductions in funding available to the school districts from the states in which we do business

-21-


may cause school districts to experience budget shortfalls and to reduce their demand for our products despite growing student populations, class size reduction initiatives and modernization and reconstruction project needs, which could reduce our revenues and operating income and consequently have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.

Public policies that create demand for our products and services may change, resulting in decreased demand for or the pricing of our products and services, which could negatively affect our revenues and operating income.

Various states that we operate enacted laws and constitutional amendments to provide funding for school districts to limit the number of students that may be grouped in a single classroom.  School districts with class sizes in excess of state limits have been and continue to be a significant source of our demand for modular classrooms.  In California, efforts to address aging infrastructure and deferred maintenance have resulted in modernization and reconstruction projects by public school districts including seismic retrofitting, asbestos abatement and various building repairs and upgrades, which has been another source of demand for our modular classrooms.  The most recent economic recession caused state and local budget shortfalls, which reduced school districts’ funding and their ability to comply with state class size reduction requirements.  If educational priorities and policies shift away from class-size reduction or modernization and reconstruction projects, demand and pricing for our products and services may decline, not grow as quickly as, or not reach the levels that we anticipate.  Significant equipment returns may result in lower utilization until equipment can be redeployed or sold, which may cause rental rates to decline and negatively affect our revenues and operating income.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could harm our business and financial condition, resulting in lower operating results and cash flows.

Similar to conventionally constructed buildings, the modular building industry, including the manufacturers and lessors of portable classrooms, are subject to regulations by multiple governmental agencies at the federal, state and local level relating to environmental, zoning, health, safety, energy efficiency, labor and transportation matters, among other matters.  Failure to comply with these laws or regulations could impact our business or harm our reputation and result in higher capital or operating expenditures or the imposition of penalties or restrictions on our operations.

As with conventional construction, typically new codes and regulations are not retroactively applied.  Nonetheless, new governmental regulations in these or other areas may increase our acquisition cost of new rental equipment, limit the use of or make obsolete some of our existing equipment, or increase our costs of rental operations.

Building codes are generally reviewed every three years.  All aspects of a given code are subject to change including, but not limited to, such items as structural specifications for earthquake safety, energy efficiency and environmental standards, fire and life safety, transportation, lighting and noise limits.  

Compliance with building codes and regulations entails a certain amount of risk as state and local government authorities do not necessarily interpret building codes and regulations in a consistent manner, particularly where applicable regulations may be unclear and subject to interpretation.  These regulations often provide broad discretion to governmental authorities that oversee these matters, which can result in unanticipated delays or increases in the cost of compliance in particular markets.  The construction and modular industries have developed many “best practices” which are constantly evolving. Some of our peers and competitors may adopt practices that are more or less stringent than the Company’s.  When, and if, regulatory standards are clarified, the effect of the clarification may be to impose rules on our business and practices retroactively, at which time, we may not be in compliance with such regulations and we may be required to incur costly remediation.  If we are unable to pass these increased costs on to our customers, our profitability, operating cash flows and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

Expansions of our modular operations into new markets may negatively affect our operating results.

In the past we have expanded our modular operations into new geographies and states.  There are risks inherent in the undertaking of such expansion, including the risk of revenue from the business in any new markets not meeting our expectations, higher than expected costs in entering these new markets, risk associated with compliance with applicable state and local laws and regulations, response by competitors and unanticipated consequences of expansion.  In addition, expansion into new markets may be affected by local economic and market conditions.  Expansion of our operations into new markets will require a significant amount of attention from our management, a commitment of financial resources and will require us to add qualified management in these markets, which may negatively impact our operating results.

-22-


We are subject to laws and regulations governing government contracts.  These laws and regulations make these government contracts more favorable to government entities than other third parties and any changes in these laws and regulations, or our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our business.

We have agreements relating to the sale of our products to government entities and, as a result, we are subject to various statutes and regulations that apply to companies doing business with the government.  The laws governing government contracts differ from the laws governing private contracts.  For example, many government contracts contain pricing terms and conditions that are not applicable to private contracts such as clauses that allow government entities not to perform on contractual obligations in the case of a lack of fiscal funding.  Also, in the educational markets we serve, we are able to utilize “piggyback” contracts in marketing our products and services and ultimately to book business.  The term “piggyback” contract refers to contracts for portable classrooms or other products entered into by public school districts following a formal bid process that allows for the use of the same contract terms and conditions with the successful vendor by other public school districts.  As a result, “piggyback” contracts allow us to more readily book orders from our government customers, primarily public school districts, and to reduce the administrative expense associated with booking these orders. The governmental statutes and regulations that allow for use of “piggyback” contracts are subject to change or elimination in their entirety.  A change in the manner of use or the elimination of “piggyback” contracts would likely negatively impact our ability to book new business from these government customers and could cause our administrative expenses related to processing these orders to increase significantly.  In addition, any failure to comply with these laws and regulations might result in administrative penalties or even in the suspension of these contracts and as a result, the loss of the related revenues which would harm our business and results from operations.

Seasonality of our educational business may have adverse consequences for our business.

A significant portion of the modular sale and rental revenues is derived from the educational market.  Typically, during each calendar year, our highest numbers of classrooms are shipped for rental and sale orders during the second and third quarters for delivery and installation prior to the start of the upcoming school year. The majority of classrooms shipped in the second and third quarters have rental start dates during the third quarter, thereby making the fourth quarter the first full quarter of rental revenues recognized for these transactions.  Although this is the historical seasonality of our business, it is subject to change or may not meet our expectations, which may have adverse consequences for our business.

We face strong competition in our modular building markets and we may not be able to effectively compete.

The modular building leasing industry is highly competitive in our states of operation and we expect it to remain so.  The competitive market in which we operate may prevent us from raising rental fees or sales prices to pass any increased costs on to our customers.  We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including equipment availability, quality, price, service, reliability, appearance, functionality and delivery terms.  We may experience pricing pressures in our areas of operation in the future as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.

Some of our competitors in the modular building leasing industry, notably WillScot Corporation, have a greater range of products and services, greater financial and marketing resources, larger customer bases, and greater name recognition than we have.  WillScot Corporation completed the acquisition of Modspace in August, 2018 and Mobile Mini in July, 2020.  These combined competitors may be better able to respond to changes in the relocatable modular building market, to finance acquisitions, to fund internal growth and to compete for market share, any of which could harm our business.

We may not be able to quickly redeploy modular units returning from leases, which could negatively affect our financial performance and our ability to expand, or utilize, our rental fleet.

As of December 31, 2021, 63% of our modular portfolio had equipment on rent for periods exceeding the original committed term.  Generally, when a customer continues to rent the modular units beyond the contractual term, the equipment rents on a month-to-month basis.  If a significant number of our rented modular units were returned during a short period of time, particularly those units that are rented on a month-to-month basis, a large supply of units would need to be remarketed.  Our failure to effectively remarket a large influx of units returning from leases could negatively affect our financial performance and our ability to continue expanding our rental fleet.  In addition, if returned units stay off rent for an extended period of time, we may incur additional costs to securely store and maintain them.

Significant increases in raw material and labor costs could increase our acquisition cost of new modular rental units and repair and maintenance costs of our fleet, which would increase our operating costs and harm our profitability.

We incur labor costs and purchase raw materials, including lumber, siding and roofing and other products to perform periodic repairs, modifications and refurbishments to maintain physical conditions of our modular units.  The volume, timing and mix of maintenance and repair work on our rental equipment may vary quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year.  Generally, increases in labor and

-23-


raw material costs will also increase the acquisition cost of new modular units and increase the repair and maintenance costs of our fleet.  We also maintain a fleet of service trucks and use subcontractor companies for the delivery, set-up, return delivery and dismantle of modulars for our customers. We rely on our subcontractor service companies to meet customer demands for timely shipment and return, and the loss or inadequate number of subcontractor service companies may cause prices to increase, while negatively impacting our reputation and operating performance.  During periods of rising prices for labor, raw materials or fuel, and in particular, when the prices increase rapidly or to levels significantly higher than normal, we may incur significant increases in our acquisition costs for new modular units and incur higher operating costs that we may not be able to recoup from our customers, which would reduce our profitability.

Failure by third parties to manufacture our products timely or properly may harm our reputation and financial condition.

We are dependent on third parties to manufacture our products even though we are able to purchase products from a variety of third-party suppliers. Mobile Modular purchases new modulars from various manufacturers who build to Mobile Modular’s design specifications.  With the exception of Enviroplex, none of the principal suppliers are affiliated with the Company.  During 2021, Mobile Modular purchased 41% of its modular product from one manufacturer.  The Company believes that the loss of any of its primary manufacturers of modulars could have an adverse effect on its operations since Mobile Modular could experience higher prices and longer delivery lead times for modular product until other manufacturers were able to increase their production capacity.

Failure to properly design, manufacture, repair and maintain the modular product may result in impairment charges, potential litigation and reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

We estimate the useful life of the modular product to be 18 years with a residual value of 50%.  However, proper design, manufacture, repairs and maintenance of the modular product during our ownership is required for the product to reach the estimated useful life of 18 years with a residual value of 50%.  If we do not appropriately manage the design, manufacture, repair and maintenance of our modular product, or otherwise delay or defer such repair or maintenance, we may be required to incur impairment charges for equipment that is beyond economic repair costs or incur significant capital expenditures to acquire new modular product to serve demand.  In addition, such failures may result in personal injury or property damage claims, including claims based on presence of mold, and termination of leases or contracts by customers.  Costs of contract performance, potential litigation, and profits lost from termination could accordingly reduce our future operating results and cash flows.

Our warranty costs may increase and warranty claims could damage our reputation and negatively impact our revenues and operating income.

Sales of new relocatable modular buildings not manufactured by us are typically covered by warranties provided by the manufacturer of the products sold.  We provide ninety-day warranties on certain modular sales of used rental units and one-year warranties on equipment manufactured by our Enviroplex subsidiary.  Historically, our warranty costs have not been significant, and we monitor the quality of our products closely.  If a defect were to arise in the installation of our equipment at the customer’s facilities or in the equipment acquired from our suppliers or by our Enviroplex subsidiary, we may experience increased warranty claims.  Such claims could disrupt our sales operations, damage our reputation and require costly repairs or other remedies, negatively impacting revenues and operating income.

SPECIFIC RISKS RELATED TO OUR ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT BUSINESS SEGMENT:

Market risk and cyclical downturns in the industries using test equipment may result in periods of low demand for our product resulting in excess inventory, impairment charges and reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

TRS-RenTelco’s revenues are derived from the rental and sale of general purpose and communications test equipment to a broad range of companies, from Fortune 500 to middle and smaller market companies, in the aerospace, defense, communications, manufacturing and semiconductor industries.  Electronic test equipment rental and sales revenues are primarily affected by the business activity within these industries related to research and development, manufacturing, and communication infrastructure installation and maintenance.  Historically, these industries have been cyclical and have experienced periodic downturns, which can have a material adverse impact on the industry’s demandCompany. The Compensation Committee considers the overall mix of compensation for equipment,all employees as well as the various risk control and mitigation features of its compensation plans, including our rental electronic test equipment. In addition,appropriate performance measures and targets and incentive plan payout maximums. The Compensation Committee provides regular reports to the severityfull Board of Directors on the Company’s compensation plans, policies, and length of any downturn in an industry may also affect overall access to capital, which could adversely affect our customers and result in excess inventory and impairment charges.  During periods of reduced and declining demand for test equipment, we are exposed to additional receivable risk from non-payment and may need to rapidly align our cost structure with prevailing market conditions, which may negatively impact our operating results and cash flows.

Seasonality of our electronic test equipment business may impact quarterly results.

Generally, rental activity declines in the fourth quarter month of Decemberpractices and the first quarter monthsCompensation Committee’s oversight of Januarycompensation-related risks.

Corporate Governance and February.  These months may have lower rental activity dueNominating Committee. Under its charter, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for, among other things, developing and recommending to holiday closures, particularly by larger companies, inclement weatherthe Board of Directors a set of effective corporate governance guidelines and its impactprocedures designed to assure compliance with applicable governance standards. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is also responsible for providing oversight of the Company’s ESG strategy, policies, and practices. As part of that responsibility, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee receives annual presentations from the Company’s management on the Company’s work in this area and discusses the Company’s ESG work and strategies with the Company’s management. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee provides regular reports to the Board of Directors.

-24-


The Board of Directors oversees the management of risks from cybersecurity threats, including the policies, standards, processes and practices that the Company’s management implements to address risks from cybersecurity threats. The Board of Directors receives reports on various field related communications equipment rentals,the Company’s technology and companies’ operational recovery from holiday closures whichcybersecurity functions, including vulnerability assessments, any third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment, and other information security considerations.

Through the activities of the Audit, Compensation, and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees, as well as the full Board of Directors’ interactions with management concerning the Company’s business and the material risks that may impact the start-up of new projects coming online inCompany, the first quarter.  These seasonal factors historically have impacted quarterly results in each year’s first and fourth quarter, but we are unable to predict how such factors may impact future periods.

Our rental test equipment may become obsolete or may no longer be supported by a manufacturer, which could result in an impairment charge.

Electronic test equipment is characterized by changing technology and evolving industry standards that may render our existing equipment obsolete through new product introductions, or enhancements, before the end of its anticipated useful life, causing us to incur impairment charges. We must anticipate and keep pace with the introduction of new hardware, software and networking technologies and acquire equipment that will be marketable to our current and prospective customers.

Additionally, some manufacturers of our equipment may be acquired or cease to exist, resulting in a future lack of support for equipment purchased from those manufacturers.   This could result in the remaining useful life becoming shorter, causing us to incur an impairment charge.  We monitor our manufacturers’ capacity to support their products and the introduction of new technologies, and we acquire equipment that will be marketable to our current and prospective customers. However, any prolonged economic downturn could result in unexpected bankruptcies or reduced support from our manufacturers.  Failure to properly select, manage and respond to the technological needs of our customers and changes to our products through their technology life cycle may cause certain electronic test equipment to become obsolete, resulting in impairment charges, which may negatively impact operating results and cash flows.

If we do not effectively compete in the rental equipment market, our operating results will be materially and adversely affected.

The electronic test equipment rental business is characterized by intense competition from several competitors, including Electro Rent Corporation, Continental Resources and TestEquity, some of which may have access to greater financial and other resources than we do. Although no single competitor holds a dominant market share, we face competition from these established entities and new entrants in the market.  We believe that we anticipate and keep pace with the introduction of new products and acquire equipment that will be marketable to our current and prospective customers.  We competeindependent directors on the basisBoard of a number of factors, including product availability, price, service and reliability.  Some of our competitors may offer similar equipment for lease, rental or sale at lower prices and may offer more extensive servicing, or financing options.  Failure to adequately forecast the adoption of, and demand for, new or existing products may cause us not to meet our customers’ equipment requirements and may materially and adversely affect our operating results.

If we are not able to obtain equipment at favorable rates, there could be a material adverse effect on our operating results and reputation.

The majority of our rental equipment portfolio is comprised of general purpose test and measurement instruments purchased from leading manufacturers such as Keysight Technologies, Rhode & Schwarz and Tektronix, a division of Fortive Corporation.  We depend on purchasing equipment from these manufacturers and suppliers for use as our rental equipment. If, in the future, we are not able to purchase necessary equipment from one or more of these suppliers on favorable terms, we may not be able to meet our customers’ demands in a timely manner or for a rental rate that generates a profit. If this should occur, we may not be able to secure necessary equipment from an alternative source on acceptable terms and our business and reputation may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are not able to anticipate and mitigate the risks associated with operating internationally, there could be a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Currently, total foreign country customers and operations account for less than 10% of the Company’s revenues.  In recent years some of our customers have expanded their international operations faster than domestic operations, and this trend may continue.   Over time, the amount of our international business may increase if we focus on international market opportunities. Operating in foreign countries subjects the Company to additional risks, any of which may adversely impact our future operating results, including:

international political, economic and legal conditions including tariffs and trade barriers;

our ability to comply with customs, anti-corruption, import/export and other trade compliance regulations, together with any unexpected changes in such regulations;

greater difficulty in our ability to recover rental equipment and obtain payment of the related trade receivables;

additional costs to establish and maintain international subsidiaries and related operations;

difficulties in attracting and retaining staff and business partners to operate internationally;

language and cultural barriers;

-25-


seasonal reductions in business activities in the countries where our international customers are located;

difficulty with the integration of foreign operations;

longer payment cycles;

currency fluctuations; and

potential adverse tax consequences.

Unfavorable currency exchange rates may negatively impact our financial results in U.S. dollar terms.

We receive revenues in Canadian dollars from our business activities in Canada.  Conducting business in currencies other than U.S. dollars subjects us to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.  If the currency exchange rates change unfavorably, the value of net receivables we receive in foreign currencies and later convert to U.S. dollars after the unfavorable change would be diminished.  This could have a negative impact on our reported operating results.  We currently do not engage in hedging strategies to mitigate this risk.

SPECIFIC RISKS RELATED TO OUR LIQUID AND SOLID CONTAINMENT TANKS AND BOXES BUSINESS SEGMENT:

We may be brought into tort or environmental litigation or held responsible for cleanup of spills if the customer fails to perform, or an accident occurs in the use of our rental products, which could materially adversely affect our business, future operating results or financial position.

Our rental tanks and boxes are used by our customers to store non-hazardous and certain hazardous liquids and solids on the customer’s site.  Our customers are generally responsible for proper operation of our tank and box rental equipment while on rent and returning a cleaned and undamaged container upon completion of use, but exceptions may be granted and we cannot always assure that these responsibilities are fully met in all cases.  Although we require the customer to carry commercial general liability insurance in a minimum amount of $5,000,000, such policies often contain pollution exclusions and other exceptions.  Furthermore, we cannot be certain our liability insurance will always be sufficient.  In addition, if an accident were to occur involving our rental equipment or a spill of substances were to occur when the tank or box was in transport or on rent with our customer, a claim could be made against us as owner of the rental equipment.

In the event of a spill or accident, we may be brought into a lawsuit or enforcement action by either our customer or a third party on numerous potential grounds, including an allegation that an inherent flaw in a tank or box contributed to an accident or that the tank had suffered some undiscovered harm from a previous customer’s prior use.  In the event of a spill caused by our customers, we may be held responsible for cleanup under environmental laws and regulations concerning obligations of suppliers of rental products to effect remediation.  In addition, applicable environmental laws and regulations may impose liability on us for the conduct of third parties, or for actions that complied with applicable regulations when taken, regardless of negligence or fault.  Substantial damage awards have also been made in certain jurisdictions against lessors of industrial equipment based upon claims of personal injury, property damage, and resource damage caused by the use of various products.  While we take what we believe are reasonable precautions that our rental equipment is in good and safe condition prior to rental and carry insurance to protect against certain risks of loss or accidents, such liability could adversely impact our profitability.

The liquid and solid containment rental industry is highly competitive, and competitive pressures could lead to a decrease in our market share or in rental rates and our ability to rent, or sell, equipment at favorable prices, which could adversely affect our operating results.

The liquid and solid containment rental industry is highly competitive.  We compete against national, regional and local companies, including United Rentals, Rain For Rent and WillScot Corporation, all of which may be larger than we are, may offer a wider range of products and services and may have greater financial and marketing resources than we have.  Some of our competitors also have longer operating histories, lower cost basis of rental equipment and lower cost structures than we have. In addition, certain of our competitors are more geographically diverse than we are and have greater name recognition among customers than we do.  As a result, our competitors that have these advantages may be better able to attract customers and provide their products and services at lower rental rates.  Some competitors offer different approaches to liquid storage, such as large-volume modular tanks that may have better economics and compete with conventional frac tanks in certain oil and gas field applications. We may in the future encounter increased competition in the markets that we serve from existing competitors or from new market entrants.  In July 2020, Willscot Corporation acquired Mobile Mini and in July 2018, United Rentals, Inc. completed the acquisition of BakerCorp.  Industry consolidation may create additional competition for customers and provide the combined entity access to greater financial resources than we have.

We believe that equipment quality, service levels, rental rates and fleet size are key competitive factors in the liquid and solid containment rental industry.  From time to time, we or our competitors may attempt to compete aggressively by lowering rental rates or

-26-


prices. Competitive pressures could adversely affect our revenues and operating results by decreasing our market share or depressing rental rates.  To the extent we lower rental rates or increase our fleet in order to retain or increase market share, our operating margins would be adversely impacted.  In addition, we may not be able to match a larger competitor’s price reductions or fleet investment because of its greater financial resources, all of which could adversely impact our operating results through a combination of a decrease in our market share, revenues and operating income.

Market risk, commodity price volatility, regulatory changes or interruptions and cyclical downturns in the industries using tanks and boxes may result in periods of low demand for our products resulting in excess inventory, impairment charges and reduction of our operating results and cash flows.

Adler Tanks’ revenues are derived from the rental of tanks and boxes to companies involved in oil and gas exploration, extraction and refinement, environmental remediation and wastewater/groundwater treatment, infrastructure and building construction and various industrial services, among others.  We expect tank and box rental revenues will primarily be affected by the business activity within these industries.  Historically, these industries have been cyclical and have experienced periodic downturns, which have a material adverse impact on the industry’s demand for equipment, including the tanks and boxes rented by us.  Lower oil or gas prices may have an adverse effect on our liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes business. Any steep decline in both domestic and international oil and gas prices driven by materially higher supply levels and weak demand could have a significant negative impact on the industry’s demand for equipment, especially if such market conditions continue for an extended period of time.  If the price reduction causes customers to limit or stop exploration, extraction or refinement activities, resulting in lower demand and pricing for renting Adler Tank’s products, our financial results could be adversely impacted.  Also, a weak U.S. economy may negatively impact infrastructure construction and industrial activity.  Any of these factors may result in excess inventory or impairment charges and reduce our operating results and cash flows.

Changes in regulatory, or governmental, oversight of hydraulic fracturing could materially adversely affect the demand for our rental products and reduce our operating results and cash flows.

We believe that demand related to hydraulic fracturing has impacted the total rental revenues and market size in recent years. Oil and gas exploration and extraction (including use of tanks for hydraulic fracturing to obtain shale oil and shale gas) are subject to numerous local, state and federal regulations.   In the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, oil and gas exploration and production accounted for approximately 6% of Adler Tanks’ rental revenues, and approximately 1% of the Company’s total revenues. The hydraulic fracturing method of extraction has come under scrutiny in several states and by the Federal government due to the potential adverse effects that hydraulic fracturing, and the liquids and chemicals used, may have on water quality and public health.  In addition, the disposal of wastewater from the hydraulic fracturing process into injection wells may increase the rate of seismic activity near drill sites and could result in regulatory changes, delays or interruption of future activity.  Changes in these regulations could limit, interrupt, or stop exploration and extraction activities, which would negatively impact the demand for our rental products.  Finally, it is possible that changes in the technology utilized in hydraulic fracturing could make it less dependent on liquids and therefore lower the related requirements for the use of our rental products, which would reduce our operating results and cash flows.

Seasonality of the liquid and solid containment rental industry may impact quarterly results.

Rental activity may decline in the fourth quarter month of December and the first quarter months of January and February.  These months may have lower rental activity in parts of the country where inclement weather may delay, or suspend, a company’s project.  The impact of these delays may be to decrease the number of tanks, or boxes, on rent until companiesDirectors are able to resumemonitor the Company’s risk management process and offer critical insights to Company management.

Qualifications of Directors and Assessment of Diversity

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider for nomination all bona fide candidates proposed by management or shareholders and will nominate directors that it believes will serve the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Candidates must have the education and business or organizational experience and skills that will enable them to excel in carrying out their projects when weather improves.  These seasonal factors historicallyresponsibilities on the Board of Directors. Candidates must possess and have impacted quarterly resultsdemonstrated in each year’s firstprofessional endeavors the highest personal and fourth quarter, but we are unableprofessional ethics, integrity, and values, and be committed to predict how such factors may impact future periods.

Significant increases in raw material, fuelrepresenting the long-term best interests of shareholders. Further, candidates must have an inquisitive and labor costs could increase our acquisitionobjective perspective, practical wisdom, and operating costs of rental equipment, which would increase operating costsmature judgment, and decrease profitability.

Increases in raw material costs such as steelbe willing and labor to manufacture liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes would increase the cost of acquiring new equipment.  These price increases could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations if we are not able to recoup these increases through higher rental revenues.  In addition,challenge management in a significant amount of revenues are generated from the transport of rental equipment to and from customers.  We own delivery trucks, employ drivers and utilize subcontractors to provide these services.  The price of fuel canconstructive manner. Candidates will also be unpredictable and beyond our control.  During periods of rising fuel and labor costs, and in particular when prices increase rapidly, we may not be able recoup these costs from our customers, which would reduce our profitability.

-27-


We derive a meaningful amount of our revenue in our liquid and solid containment tank and boxes business from a limited number of customers, the loss of one or more of which could have an adverse effectjudged on our business.

Periodically, a meaningful portion of our revenue in our liquid and solid containment tank and boxes business may be generated from a few major customers.  Although we have some long-term relationships with our major customers, we cannot be assured that our customers will continue to use our products or services or that they will continue to do so at historical levels.  The loss of any meaningful customer, the failure to collect a material receivable from a meaningful customer, any material reduction in orders by a meaningful customer or the cancellation of a meaningful customer order could significantly reduce our revenues and consequently harm our financial condition and ourtheir ability to fund our operations.

We may not be able to quickly redeploy equipment returning from leases at equivalent prices.

Many of our rental transactions are short-term in nature with pricing established on a daily basis.  The length of time that a customer needs equipment can often be difficult to determine and can be impacted by a number of factors such as weather, customer funding and project delays.  In addition, our equipment is primarily used in the oil and gas, industrial plant services, environmental remediation and infrastructure and building construction industries.  Changes in the economic conditions facing any of those industries could resultwork in a significant numbercollegial manner with a sense of units returning off rent, both for uscommon purpose, energy, industry knowledge, business sense, and our competitors.

If the supply of rental equipment available on the market significantly increases due to units coming off rent, demand for and pricing of our rental products could be adversely impacted.  We may experience delays in remarketing our off-rent units to new customers and incur cost to move the units totrust with other regions where demand is stronger.  Actions in these circumstances by our competitors may also depress the market price for rental units.  These delays and price pressures would adversely affect equipment utilization levels and total revenues, which would reduce our profitability.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES.

The Company’s corporate and administrative offices are located in Livermore, California in approximately 26,000 square feet. The Company’s four reportable business segments currently conduct operations from the following locations:

Mobile Modular – Mobile Modular operates from 13 owned and 42 leased locations. Our largest owned facilities include seven inventory centers, at which relocatable modular buildings and storage containers are displayed, refurbished and stored:

Livermore, California (137 acres in the San Francisco Bay Area),

Mira Loma, California (79 acres in the Los Angeles area),

Pasadena, Texas (50 acres in the Houston area),

Grand Prairie, Texas (43 acres in the Dallas area),

Auburndale, Florida (123 acres in the Orlando area),

Arcade, Georgia (48 acres in the Atlanta area),

Fredericksburg, Virginia (68 acres in the Washington D.C. area).

The inventory centers conduct rental and sales operations from modular buildings, serving as working modelsmembers of the Company’s modular product.  

TRS-RenTelco – Electronic test equipment rental and sales operations are conducted from a 117,000 square foot leased facility in Grapevine, Texas (Dallas area) and a sales office in Dollard-des-Ormeaux, Quebec (Montreal, Canada area).

Adler Tanks – Adler Tanks operates from 14 owned and 34 leased locations, with branch offices serving the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, Southeast, Southwest and West.  The leased locations have remaining lease terms ranging from one to three years, or are leased on a month to month basis.  We believe satisfactory alternative properties can be found in all of our markets if we do not renew our existing leased properties.

Enviroplex – The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Enviroplex, manufactures modular buildings used primarily as classrooms in California from its 108,000 square foot facility in Stockton, California (San Francisco Bay Area).

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The Company is involved in various lawsuits and routine claims arising out of the normal course of its business. The Company maintains insurance coverage for its operations and employees with appropriate aggregate, per occurrence and deductible limits as the

-28-


Company reasonably determines necessary or prudent with current operations and historical experience.  The major policies include coverage for property, general liability, cyber, auto, directors and officers, health, and workers’ compensation insurances.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate amount of liability not covered by insurance, if any, under any pending litigation and claims, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or operating results of the Company.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not Applicable

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

The Company's common stock is traded in the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “MGRC”.  As of February 23, 2022, the Company's common stock was held by approximately 43 shareholders of record, which does not include shareholders whose shares are held in street or nominee name.  The Company believes that when holders in street or nominee name are added, the number of holders of the Company's common stock exceeds 500.

Stock Repurchase Plan

The Company has in the past made purchases of shares of its common stock from time to time in over-the-counter market (NASDAQ) transactions, through privately negotiated, large block transactions and through a share repurchase plan, in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  In August 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorizedand management, as one group acting in unison to solve difficult problems as they may arise. The candidate’s specific knowledge of the Company, to repurchase 2,000,000 sharesits markets, and its strategy will also be considered.

When evaluating candidates, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the diversity of the Company's outstanding common stock (the “Repurchase Plan”). The amountbackgrounds, experience, and timeskills of the specific repurchases are subject to prevailing market conditions, applicable legal requirementscurrent directors on the Board of Directors, including their gender, age, ethnic, and other factors, including management’s discretion.  All shares repurchased bycultural backgrounds, the long-term needs of the Company are canceledbased on its strategic direction, and returnedresponsible succession planning for all Board positions. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee selects candidates who will provide the most value to the statusBoard of authorized but unissued sharesDirectors, management, and shareholders. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee assesses the effectiveness of common stock. There can be no assurance that any authorized shares will be repurchased andits policy regarding diversity as part of the repurchase program may be modified, extendedannual self-evaluation process.

The Board of Directors’ recommendations for inclusion in the slate of directors at an annual or terminatedspecial meeting of shareholders, or for appointment by the Board of Directors at any time. There were no sharesto fill a vacancy, are based on its determination, after reviewing recommendations from the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, as to the suitability of common stock repurchased duringeach recommended individual.

Director Nomination Process

Continuing Directors

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will apply its director candidate selection criteria described above, including a director’s past contributions to the twelve months ended December 31, 2021.  There were 282,221 sharesBoard of common stock repurchased duringDirectors, prior to recommending a director for re-election to another term. Directors may not be re-nominated annually as a matter of course. Once the twelve months ended December 31, 2020Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee evaluations are completed and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee has considered all other potential director candidates, it recommends the best slate of candidates for approval by the aggregate purchase pricefull Board of $13.6 million, or an average purchase price of $48.25 per repurchased share.  As of December 31, 2021, 1,309,805 shares remain authorized for repurchase under the Repurchase Plan.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

ReservedDirectors.

 

10


New Directors

Generally, once a need to add a new member to the Board of Directors is identified, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will initiate a search by working with staff support, seeking input from members of the Board of Directors and senior management, and hiring a consultant or search firm, if necessary.

After a slate of possible candidates is identified, certain members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, other members of the Board of Directors, and senior management have the opportunity to interview the prospective candidate(s). The remaining members of the Board of Directors who do not interview the prospective candidate(s) are kept informed. After completing its selection process, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee ultimately determines and recommends the best candidate(s) for approval by the full Board of Directors.

-29-


ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following Management’s Discussion and AnalysisA description of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipatedthe procedure to be followed by security holders in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including thosesubmitting director recommendations is set forth in this section as well as those discussed under Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewherethe “Shareholder Recommendations for Membership on our Board of Directors in this document. This discussion shouldAmendment. The director candidate selection criteria will be read together withequally applied to both continuing directors and shareholder-submitted director candidates.

Director Compensation

Our Compensation Committee periodically seeks input from independent compensation consultants on a range of external market factors, including evolving compensation trends, appropriate peer companies, and market survey data. The Compensation Committee reviews non-employee director compensation every two years. In August 2023, our Compensation Committee retained Semler Brossy Consulting Group (“Semler Brossy”) to conduct a review and analysis of the financial statementsnon-employee director compensation program to be considered by the Compensation Committee in establishing the 2024 compensation review cycle remuneration levels for our non-employee directors.

The 2023 compensation described below was approved by the Board of Directors based on the previous compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC’s (“Pearl Meyer”) analysis and recommendations of the Compensation Committee. For a more complete description of the methodologies used by our compensation consultants and the related notes thereto set forthCompensation Committee, please refer to “Compensation Consultant and Peer Group Selection in “Item 8. Financial Statementsthis Amendment.

For 2023, each non-employee director of the Company was compensated for his or her services as a director with an annual retainer of $85,000. In addition to the annual retainers, the Chairs of the Board of Directors, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Supplementary Data.”Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee received additional annual retainers of $75,000, $25,000, $18,500, and $10,000, respectively. Each other member of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee received annual retainers of $10,000, $7,500, and $5,500, respectively. Members of the Board of Directors do not receive additional compensation for attending Board or committee meetings. All non-employee directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with attending Board of Directors or committee meetings. Mr. Hanna received no additional compensation for his service as a director. These annual retainers are included in the “2023 Non-Employee Director Compensation Table” below.

ResultsFor fiscal year 2024, based on Semler Brossy’s November 2023 analysis, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board of Operations

General

TheDirectors approved, no increase to the non-employee director annual retainer. For fiscal year 2024, each non-employee director of the Company incorporated in 1979, is a leading rental providerwill receive an annual retainer of relocatable modular buildings for classroom$85,000. In addition, to the annual retainer the Chairs of the Board of Directors, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and office space, electronic test equipment for general purposeCorporate Governance and communications needs,Nominating Committee will receive additional annual retainers of $75,000, $25,000, $18,500, and liquid$10,000, respectively. Each other member of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and solid containment tanksCorporate Governance and boxes.  The Company’s primary emphasis isNominating Committee will receive annual retainers of $10,000, $7,500, and $5,500, respectively. Any non-employee director not serving on equipment rentals.  The Company is comprisedthe Board of four reportable business segments: (1) its modular building and portable storage container rental segment (“Mobile Modular”); (2) its electronic test equipment rental segment (“TRS-RenTelco”); (3) its containment solutionsDirectors for the storagefull calendar year will receive prorated compensation based on that portion of hazardousthe year in which he or she served. Mr. Hanna will not receive any additional compensation for his services as a director.

In addition to cash compensation, each of the non-employee directors of the Company has historically received an annual Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) equity grant denominated as a fair value and non-hazardous liquidsthen converted to shares rounded to the nearest 100 at the date of grant. Based on Pearl Meyer’s analysis conducted in 2022, the Compensation Committee recommended, and solids segment (“Adler Tanks”); and (4) its classroom manufacturing segment selling modular buildings used primarily as classrooms in California (“Enviroplex”).  In 2021, Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco, Adler Tanks and Enviroplex contributed 63%, 28%, 5% and 4%, respectively,the Board of Directors approved, the fair value of the 2023 equity grant of approximately $120,000. On February 24, 2023, the Board of Directors granted each non-employee director RSUs under the 2016 Plan 1,200 shares of the Company’s income before provision for taxes (theCommon Stock with a vesting date of April 1, 2024. Each of these grants represented an equivalent total equity compensation of “pre-tax income”), compared$125,112, based on the NASDAQ Stock Market close price of $104.26 on February 24, 2023. The total equity compensation values can fluctuate slightly each year due to 62%, 26%, 6% and 6%, respectively, for 2020.

The Company generates its revenues primarily from the rental of its equipment on operating leases with sales of equipment occurringrounding. These 2023 RSU grants are included in the normal course“2023 Non-Employee Director Compensation Table” in this Amendment.

Based on Semler Brossy’s analysis, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board of business.  The Company requires significant capital outlayDirectors approved, no change to purchase its rental inventory and recovers its investment through rental and sales revenues. Rental revenue and certain other service revenues negotiated as partthe fair value of the lease agreements with customers and related costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over2024 equity grant of approximately $120,000. On February 23, 2024, the termsBoard of Directors granted each non-employee director RSUs under the lease.  Sales revenue and related costs are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment to the customers. Sales revenues are less predictable and can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer demands and requirements.  Generally, rental revenues less cash operating costs recover the equipment’s capitalized cost in a shorter period of time relative to the equipment’s potential rental life and when sold, sale proceeds are usually above its net book value.

The Company’s rental operations include rental and rental related services revenues which comprised approximately 79%2016 Plan 1,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with a vesting date of April 1, 2025. Each of these grants represented an equivalent total revenues in 2021 andequity compensation of $124,900, based on the NASDAQ Stock Market closing price of $124.90 on February 23, 2024. The total equity compensation values can fluctuate slightly each year due to rounding.

11


The table below summarizes the compensation paid by the Company to its non-employee directors for the three years ended December 31, 2021.  Over the past three years, modulars, electronic test equipment and tanks and boxes comprised approximately 58%, 24% and 18%, respectively, of the cumulative rental operations revenues. The Company’s direct costs of rental operations include depreciation of rental equipment, rental related service costs, impairment of rental equipment, and other direct costs of rental operations (which include direct labor, supplies, repairs, insurance, property taxes, license fees and amortization of certain lease costs).

The Company sells modular, electronic test equipment and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes that are new, or previously rented. The Company’s Enviroplex subsidiary manufactures and sells modular classrooms. The renting and selling of some modular equipment requires a dealer’s license, which the Company has obtained from the appropriate governmental agencies.  Sales and other revenues of modulars, electronic test equipment and tanks and boxes have comprised approximately 21% of the Company’s consolidated revenues in 2021 and for the three years ended December 31, 2021. Over the past three years, modulars, electronic test equipment and tanks and boxes comprised approximately 77%, 21% and 2% of sales and other revenues, respectively. The Company’s cost of sales includes the carrying value of the equipment sold and the direct costs associated with the equipment sold such as delivery, installation, modifications and related site work.

The rental and sale of modulars to public school districts comprised 21%, 23% and 25% of the Company’s consolidated rental and sales revenues for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  (For more information, see “Item 1. Business – Relocatable Modular Buildings – Classroom Rentals and Sales to Public Schools (K-12)” above.)

Selling and administrative expenses primarily include personnel and benefit costs, which includes share-based compensation, depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, bad debt expense, advertising costs, and professional service fees.  The Company believes that sharing of common facilities, financing, senior management, and operating and accounting systems by all of the Company’s operations, results in an efficient use of overhead.  Historically, the Company’s operating margins have been impacted favorably to the extent its costs and expenses are leveraged over a large installed customer base.  However, there can be no assurance as to the Company’s ability to maintain a large installed customer base or ability to sustain its historical operating margins.

-30-


Recent Developments

Acquisitions

On December 31, 2021 the Company completed the purchase of the assets of Titan Storage Containers, LLC (“Titan”) for $6.9 million cash consideration. Titan is a regional provider of portable storage solutions in the Texas market. The acquisition added approximately 1,150 portable storage containers to the existing Mobile Modular division fleet located in the Texas region.  Titan became part of the Mobile Modular reporting segment.

On May 17, 2021, the Company completed the purchase of the assets of Design Space Modular Buildings PNW, LP (“Design Space”) for $267.3 million cash consideration on the closing date.  Design Space provides modular buildings and portable storage containers rental and sale solutions to customers in the West and Pacific Northwest states in the U.S.  Design Space became part of the Mobile Modular reporting segment.

On April 1, 2021 the Company completed the purchase of the assets of GRS Holding LLC, DBA Kitchens to Go (“Kitchens To Go”) for $18.3 million cash consideration.  Kitchens To Go provides interim and permanent modular kitchen solutions for foodservice providers that require flexible facilities to continue or expand operations.  Kitchens To Go became part of the Mobile Modular division, providing temporary foodservice facilities nationwide.

Dividends

In February 2022, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.455 per common share for the quarter ending March 31, 2022, an increase of 5% over the prior year’s comparable quarter.

Note Purchase Agreement

In June 2021, the Company issued and sold to Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (collectively, the “Purchasers”) $60 million aggregate principal amount of 2.35% Series E Notes (the "Series E Notes") pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated March 31, 2020 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, PGIM, Inc. and the noteholders party thereto.  

The Series E Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.35% per annum and mature on June 16, 2026.  Interest on the Series E Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on December 16, 2021 and continuing thereafter on June 16 and December 16 of each year until maturity. The Company may at any time prepay all or any portion of the Series D Notes; provided that such portion is at least $5,000,000 (and increments of $100,000 in excess thereof). In the event of a prepayment, the Company will pay an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, plus a make-whole amount. The full net proceeds from the Series E Notes was used to pay down the Company’s Credit Facility.

In March 2021, the Company issued and sold to Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (collectively, the “Purchasers”) $40 million aggregate principal amount of 2.57% Series D Notes (the "Series D Notes") pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated March 31, 2020 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, PGIM, Inc. and the noteholders party thereto.  

The Series D Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 2.57% per annum and mature on March 17, 2028.  Interest on the Series D Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on September 17, 2021 and continuing thereafter on March 17 and September 17 of each year until maturity. The Company may at any time prepay all or any portion of the Series D Notes; provided that such portion is at least $5,000,000 (and increments of $100,000 in excess thereof). In the event of a prepayment, the Company will pay an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, plus a make-whole amount. The full net proceeds from the Series D Notes was used to pay off the Company’s $40 million Series B Senior Notes.

COVID-19

The outbreak of a new strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, which began in December 2019, has continued to spread globally including to every state in the United States.  The Center for Disease Control (“CDC”) and World Health Organization (“WHO”) recognized this outbreak as a pandemic, which has caused shutdowns to businesses and cities worldwide while disrupting supply chains, business operations, travel, consumer confidence and business sentiment.  Each of the states in which the Company operates, and in some cases the localities as well, have previously issued orders requiring the closure of non-essential business and/or requiring residents to stay at home, however, currently none of the Company’s locations are required to be closed by local or state order.  The Company is following guidelines established by the CDC and WHO and orders issued by state and local governments where the Company operates.  The Company has taken a number of precautionary health and safety measures to safeguard its employees and customers, while maintaining business continuity to enable each of its operating segments and branch locations to continue providing services to customers identified as essential businesses under the relevant state and local rules.  The Company has implemented remote work policies, restricted travel, separated work groups, enhanced cleaning and hygiene protocols in all of its facilities, products and vehicles, and requires distancing protocols for production and logistical personnel.  The Company is continuing to monitor and assess orders

-31-


issued by federal, state and local governments to ensure compliance with evolving COVID-19 guidelines.  The Company also continues to monitor the impact of COVID-19 on its existing customers who themselves may be impacted by governmental shutdowns and other impacts due to the governmental orders.

As of the date of this filing, significant uncertainty continues to exist concerning the magnitude of the impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic.  While the Company's operating segments and branch locations currently continue to operate, the Company’s results of operations may be negatively impacted by project delays; early returns of equipment currently on rent with customers; overall decreased customer demand for new rental orders, rental related services and sales of new and used rental equipment; and payment delay, or non-payment, by customers who are significantly impacted by COVID-19. In light of the uncertain and rapidly evolving situation relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has taken a number of precautionary measures to manage its resources conservatively by reducing and/or deferring non-essential capital expenditures and operating expenses to mitigate the adverse impact of the pandemic.  The Company will continue to assess its capital expenditure needs against its cash availability during the crisis to make the most strategic decisions for its business.  Furthermore, the Company believes that its existing $420 million credit facility, coupled with its ability to access additional capital through the issuance of additional senior notes, would strengthen the Company’s liquidity position and serve to mitigate the operational risk related to potential decreased customer demand for new rental orders and sales resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.  

While the Company has not seen a significant impact from COVID-19 in the financial results for thefiscal year ended December 31, 2021 as set forth2023.

2023 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE

Name

  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards(2)
($)
   Total
($)
 

Nicolas C. Anderson

  $102,500   $125,112   $227,612 

Kimberly A. Box

  $106,475   $125,112   $231,587 

Smita Conjeevaram

  $103,047   $125,112   $228,159 

William J. Dawson

  $117,500   $125,112   $242,612 

Elizabeth A. Fetter

  $107,275   $125,112   $232,387 

Bradley M. Shuster

  $173,000   $125,112   $298,112 

M. Richard Smith(1)

  $44,492   $29,553   $74,045 

Dennis P. Stradford(1)

  $42,538   $29,553   $72,091 

(1)

Messrs. Smith and Stradford retired from the Board of Directors effective June 7, 2023, and received compensation for their service from January 1 – June 7, 2023. Additionally, Messrs. Smith and Stradford were granted RSUs under the 2016 Plan of 1,200 shares of the Company’s common stock that represented an equivalent total equity compensation of $121, 875 based on the NASDAQ Stock Market closing price of $104.26 on February 24, 2023. Upon their retirement, effective June 7, 2023, 300 shares of those RSUs became fully vested, and 900 shares were forfeited. Therefore, Messrs. Smith and Stradford’s total equity compensation was $29,553 based on the NASDAQ Stock Market closing price of $98.51 on June 7, 2023.

(2)

Pursuant to the Director Award Agreements, awards vest in full immediately prior to the specified effective date of a Change In Control or a Corporate Transaction.

Director Stock Ownership

The Board of Directors believes that, in order to align the interests of directors and shareholders, directors should have a significant financial (equity) stake in the below section discussingCompany. Each director has a target ownership level of 5,000 shares of Common Stock to be achieved by each director within five years of joining the resultsBoard of operations forDirectors or as soon thereafter as practicable. In evaluating whether the year ended December 31, 2021,Common Stock value ownership guideline has been met, all Common Stock owned is considered. As of April 1, 2024, the ownership level of each of our non-employee Companydirectors met or exceeded the target, or are within the ownership guidelines’ five-year compliance period.

Director Annual Evaluation

It is currentlyunable important to determine or predict the full nature, duration or scope of the overall impact the COVID-19 pandemic will have on its business, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.  The Company will continue to actively monitor the situation and may take further actions that alter its business operations as may be required by federal, state or local authorities or that the Company determinesBoard and its committees are performing effectively and in the best interests of employees, customersthe Company and its shareholders.

Percentage of Revenue Table

The following table sets forth forBoard performs an annual self-assessment, led by the periods indicated the results of operations as a percentageChair of the Company’s total revenuesCorporate Governance and Nominating Committee, to evaluate its effectiveness in fulfilling its obligations. As part of this annual self-assessment, directors are able to provide feedback on the percentageperformance of changes inother directors. The Chair of the amount ofCorporate Governance and Nominating Committee then follows up on this feedback and takes such of itemsfurther action as compared to the amount in the indicated prior period:he or she deems appropriate.

 

 

Percent of Total Revenues

 

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

Three Years

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2021 over

 

 

2020 over

 

 

 

2021–2019

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

 

62

%

 

 

63

%

 

 

61

%

 

 

62

%

 

 

11

%

 

 

(1

)%

Rental related services

 

17

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(9

)

Rental operations

 

 

79

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(2

)

Sales

 

 

20

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

13

 

Other

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(26

)

Total revenues

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

0

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct costs of rental operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Rental related services

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(11

)

Other

 

 

14

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

(7

)

Total direct costs of rental operations

 

 

41

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

(3

)

Cost of sales

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

19

 

Total costs

 

 

54

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

2

 

Gross profit

 

 

46

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

(1

)

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

22

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

(1

)

Income from operations

 

 

24

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

0

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

(29

)

Foreign currency exchange gain (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

nm

 

 

nm

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

22

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

2

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

(7

)

Net income

 

 

16

%

 

 

15

%

 

 

18

%

 

 

17

%

 

 

-12

%

 

 

5

%

No Political Contributions

nm = not meaningful

-32-


Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020

Overview

Consolidated revenues in 2021 increased to $616.8 million from $572.6 million in 2020.  Consolidated net income in 2021 decreased to $89.7 million, or $3.66 per diluted share in 2021, compared to $102.0 million, or $4.16 per diluted share, in 2020.  The Company’s year over year total revenue increase was primarily due to higher rental and rental related services revenues as more fully described below.

For 2021 compared to 2020, on a consolidated basis:

Gross profit increased $17.3 million, or 7%, to $281.0 million.  Mobile Modular’s gross profit increased $20.2 million, or 13%, due to higher gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit increased $0.5 million, or 1%, primarily due to higher gross profit on rental revenues.  Adler Tanks’ gross profit decreased $0.4 million, or 1%, due to lower gross profit on rental and rental related services revenues.  Enviroplex’s gross profit decreased $3.0 million, or 24%, primarily due to $1.7 million lower sales revenues and lower gross margins of 31.8% compared to 39.5% in 2020.

Selling and administrative expenses increased $25.6 million, or 21%, to $148.6 million, primarily due to increased headcount and employees’ salaries and benefit costs totaling $12.7 million, primarily from the addition of Design Space and Kitchens To Go employees, and $5.8 million higher amortization of intangible assets from the Design Space and Kitchens To Go acquisitions and $2.0 million of acquisition related transaction costs in 2021.

Interest expense increased $1.7 million, or 19%, due to 38% higher average debt levels of the Company, partly offset by 14% lower net average interest rates of 2.81% in 2021 compared to 3.25% in 2020.

Pre-tax income contribution was 63%, 28% and 5% by Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks, respectively, in 2021, compared to 62%, 26% and 6%, respectively, in 2020.  These results are discussed on a segment basis below.  Pre-tax income contribution by Enviroplex was 4% and 6% in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The provision for income taxes resulted in an effective tax rate of 26.3% and 22.8% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The higher rate in 2021 was primarily due to increased business activity levels in higher tax rate states.

Adjusted EBITDA increased $5.5 million, or 2%, to $246.6 million in 2021.  Adjusted EBITDAIt is a non-GAAP financial measure and is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash impairment costs and share-based compensation.  A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities and net income to Adjusted EBITDA can be found on page 47.

-33-


Mobile Modular

For 2021, Mobile Modular’s total revenues increased $41.8 million, or 13%, to $363.3 million compared to 2020, primarily due to higher rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  The $24.1 million higher selling and administrative expenses, partly offset by the revenue increase, together with higher gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales revenues, resulted in a decrease in pre-tax income of $5.3 million, or 6%, to $77.0 million in 2021.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax income, and other selected information.

Mobile Modular – 2021 compared to 2020

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

220,569

 

 

$

188,719

 

 

$

31,850

 

 

 

17

%

Rental related services

 

 

72,330

 

 

 

67,527

 

 

 

4,803

 

 

 

7

%

Rental operations

 

 

292,899

 

 

 

256,246

 

 

 

36,653

 

 

 

14

%

Sales

 

 

68,982

 

 

 

63,863

 

 

 

5,119

 

 

 

8

%

Other

 

 

1,435

 

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

1

%

Total revenues

 

 

363,316

 

 

 

321,524

 

 

 

41,792

 

 

 

13

%

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct costs of rental operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

28,071

 

 

 

22,967

 

 

 

5,104

 

 

 

22

%

Rental related services

 

 

53,018

 

 

 

48,910

 

 

 

4,108

 

 

 

8

%

Other

 

 

60,429

 

 

 

47,762

 

 

 

12,667

 

 

 

27

%

Total direct costs of rental operations

 

 

141,518

 

 

 

119,639

 

 

 

21,879

 

 

 

18

%

Costs of sales

 

 

45,758

 

 

 

46,011

 

 

 

(253

)

 

 

(1

)%

Total costs of revenues

 

 

187,276

 

 

 

165,650

 

 

 

21,626

 

 

 

13

%

Gross Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

 

132,070

 

 

 

117,990

 

 

 

14,080

 

 

 

12

%

Rental related services

 

 

19,310

 

 

 

18,617

 

 

 

693

 

 

 

4

%

Rental operations

 

 

151,380

 

 

 

136,607

 

 

 

14,773

 

 

 

11

%

Sales

 

 

23,225

 

 

 

17,852

 

 

 

5,373

 

 

 

30

%

Other

 

 

1,435

 

 

 

1,416

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

1

%

Total gross profit

 

 

176,040

 

 

 

155,875

 

 

 

20,165

 

 

 

13

%

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

92,603

 

 

 

68,470

 

 

 

24,133

 

 

 

35

%

Income from operations

 

 

83,436

 

 

 

87,405

 

 

 

(3,969

)

 

 

(5

)%

Interest expense allocation

 

 

(6,433

)

 

 

(5,104

)

 

 

1,329

 

 

 

26

%

Pre-tax income

 

$

77,003

 

 

$

82,301

 

 

$

(5,298

)

 

 

(6

)%

Other Selected Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

128,044

 

 

$

119,202

 

 

$

8,842

 

 

 

7

%

Average rental equipment 1

 

$

925,951

 

 

$

825,614

 

 

$

100,337

 

 

 

12

%

Average rental equipment on rent

 

$

705,577

 

 

$

637,500

 

 

$

68,077

 

 

 

11

%

Average monthly total yield 2

 

 

1.99

%

 

 

1.88

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

%

Average utilization 3

 

 

76.2

%

 

 

77.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)%

Average monthly rental rate 4

 

 

2.61

%

 

 

2.47

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

%

Period end rental equipment 1

 

$

1,001,165

 

 

$

836,531

 

 

$

164,634

 

 

 

20

%

Period end utilization 3

 

 

76.4

%

 

 

76.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

%

1

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.

2

Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.

3

Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.

4

Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

-34-


Mobile Modular’s gross profit for 2021 increased $20.2 million, or 13%, to $176.0 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $32.0 million, or 17%, due to 11% higher average rental equipment on rent and 6% higher average monthly rental rates.  The rental revenue increase was in part due to the new Design Space and Kitchens To Go customers that contributed approximately three quarters of the increase. As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 13% and 12% in 2021 and 2020, respectively, and other direct costs were 27% in 2021 and 25% in 2020, which resulted in gross margin percentage of 60% in 2021 compared to 63% and 2020.  The higher rental revenues and lower rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues increasing $14.1 million, or 12%, to $132.1 million in 2021.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues increased $4.8 million, or 7%, compared to 2020.  Most of these service revenues are negotiated with the initial lease and are recognized on a straight-line basis with the associated costs over the initial term of the lease.  The increase in rental related services revenues was primarily attributable to higher amortization of modular building delivery and return delivery and dismantle revenues and increased delivery and return delivery revenues at Portable Storage. The higher revenues offset by lower gross margin percentage of 27% in 2021 compared to 28% in 2020 resulted in rental related services gross profit increasing $0.7 million, or 4%, to $19.3 million in 2021.

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues increased $5.1 million, or 8%, primarily due to higher used equipment sales.  The higher sales revenues and higher gross margins of 34% in 2021 compared to 28% in 2020, resulted in sales gross profit increasing $5.4 million, or 30%, to $23.2 million in 2021.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of Mobile Modular’s rental business; however, these sales can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements, equipment availability and funding.

For 2021, Mobile Modular’s selling and administrative expenses increased $24.1 million, or 35%, to $92.6 million, primarily due to increased employee salaries and benefit costs totaling $7.4 million, primarily due to the addition of Design Space and Kitchens To Go employees, $5.8 million higher amortization of intangible assets due to the Design Space and Kitchens To Go acquisitions, $4.3 million higher allocated corporate expenses and $2.0 million acquisition related costs in 2021.

-35-


TRS-RenTelco

For 2021, TRS-RenTelco’s total revenues decreased $0.6 million to $140.2 million compared to 2020, primarily due to lower sales revenues, partly offset by higher rental revenues.  Pre-tax income decreased $0.7 million, or 2%, to $33.8 million for 2021, primarily due to higher selling and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax income, and other selected information.

TRS-RenTelco – 2021 compared to 2020

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

113,419

 

 

$

109,083

 

 

$

4,336

 

 

 

4

%

Rental related services

 

 

2,880

 

 

 

3,080

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(6

)%

Rental operations

 

 

116,299

 

 

 

112,163

 

 

 

4,136

 

 

 

4

%

Sales

 

 

22,242

 

 

 

26,618

 

 

 

(4,376

)

 

 

(16

)%

Other

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

2,030

 

 

 

(377

)

 

 

(19

)%

Total revenues

 

 

140,194

 

 

 

140,811

 

 

 

(617

)

 

 

(0

)%

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct costs of rental operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

47,374

 

 

 

46,472

 

 

 

902

 

 

 

2

%

Rental related services

 

 

2,704

 

 

 

2,419

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

12

%

Other

 

 

19,148

 

 

 

17,133

 

 

 

2,015

 

 

 

12

%

Total direct costs of rental operations

 

 

69,226

 

 

 

66,024

 

 

 

3,202

 

 

 

5

%

Costs of sales

 

 

9,574

 

 

 

13,923

 

 

 

(4,349

)

 

 

(31

)%

Total costs of revenues

 

 

78,800

 

 

 

79,947

 

 

 

(1,147

)

 

 

(1

)%

Gross Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

 

46,897

 

 

 

45,478

 

 

 

1,419

 

 

 

3

%

Rental related services

 

 

176

 

 

 

661

 

 

 

(485

)

 

 

(73

)%

Rental operations

 

 

47,073

 

 

 

46,139

 

 

 

934

 

 

 

2

%

Sales

 

 

12,667

 

 

 

12,695

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(0

)%

Other

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

2,030

 

 

 

(377

)

 

 

(19

)%

Total gross profit

 

 

61,394

 

 

 

60,864

 

 

 

530

 

 

 

1

%

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

25,152

 

 

 

24,306

 

 

 

846

 

 

 

3

%

Income from operations

 

 

36,243

 

 

 

36,558

 

 

 

(315

)

 

 

(1

)%

Interest expense allocation

 

 

(2,270

)

 

 

(2,133

)

 

 

137

 

 

 

6

%

Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain

 

 

(210

)

 

 

78

 

 

 

(288

)

 

nm

 

Pre-tax income

 

$

33,763

 

 

$

34,503

 

 

$

(740

)

 

 

(2

)%

Other Selected Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

85,723

 

 

$

85,082

 

 

$

641

 

 

 

1

%

Average rental equipment 1

 

$

351,895

 

 

$

336,399

 

 

$

15,496

 

 

 

5

%

Average rental equipment on rent

 

$

235,773

 

 

$

222,748

 

 

$

13,025

 

 

 

6

%

Average monthly total yield 2

 

 

2.69

%

 

 

2.70

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0

)%

Average utilization 3

 

 

67.0

%

 

 

66.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

%

Average monthly rental rate 4

 

 

4.01

%

 

 

4.08

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)%

Period end rental equipment 1

 

$

361,130

 

 

$

331,528

 

 

$

29,602

 

 

 

9

%

Period end utilization 3

 

 

62.9

%

 

 

67.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)%

1

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment.

2

Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.

3

Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.

4

Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

nm = Not meaningful

-36-


TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit for 2021 increased $0.5 million to $61.4 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $4.3 million, or 4%, to $113.4 million with depreciation expense increasing $0.9 million, or 2%, and other direct costs increasing $2.0 million, or 12%, resulting in an increase in gross profit on rental revenues of $1.4 million, or 3%, in 2021 compared to 2020.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 42% in 2021 and 43% in 2020 and other direct costs was 17% in 2021 compared to 16% in 2020, which resulted in gross margin percentage of 41% in 2021 compared to 42% in 2020.  The rental revenues increase was due to 6% higher average rental equipment on rent, partly offset by 2% lower average monthly rental rates.

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues decreased $4.4 million, or 16%, to $22.2 million in 2021.  Gross profit on sales was comparable to 2020 with gross margin percentage increasing to 57% from 48% in 2020, primarily due to higher gross margins on used equipment sales.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of TRS-RenTelco’s rental business; however, these sales and related gross margins can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements, equipment availability and funding.

For 2021, TRS-RenTelco’s selling and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 3%, to $25.2 million, primarily due to higher corporate allocated expenses compared to 2020.

-37-


Adler Tanks

For 2021, Adler Tanks’ total revenues increased $4.8 million, or 6%, to $82.2 million compared to 2020, primarily due to higher rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  Pre-tax income decreased $1.3 million, primarily due to lower gross profit on rental and rental related services revenues, and higher selling and administrative expenses, partly offset by higher gross profit on sales revenues.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax income and other selected information.

Adler Tanks – 2021 compared to 2020

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

56,025

 

 

$

53,988

 

 

$

2,037

 

 

 

4

%

Rental related services

 

 

22,851

 

 

 

21,786

 

 

 

1,065

 

 

 

5

%

Rental operations

 

 

78,876

 

 

 

75,774

 

 

 

3,102

 

 

 

4

%

Sales

 

 

2,930

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

1,544

 

 

 

111

%

Other

 

 

436

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

35

%

Total revenues

 

 

82,242

 

 

 

77,482

 

 

 

4,760

 

 

 

6

%

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct costs of rental operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

16,442

 

 

 

16,427

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

0

%

Rental related services

 

 

18,534

 

 

 

16,776

 

 

 

1,758

 

 

 

10

%

Other

 

 

11,492

 

 

 

8,923

 

 

 

2,569

 

 

 

29

%

Total direct costs of rental operations

 

 

46,468

 

 

 

42,126

 

 

 

4,342

 

 

 

10

%

Costs of sales

 

 

2,075

 

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

798

 

 

 

62

%

Total costs of revenues

 

 

48,543

 

 

 

43,403

 

 

 

5,140

 

 

 

12

%

Gross Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

 

28,091

 

 

 

28,638

 

 

 

(547

)

 

 

(2

%)

Rental related services

 

 

4,317

 

 

 

5,010

 

 

 

(693

)

 

 

(14

%)

Rental operations

 

 

32,408

 

 

 

33,648

 

 

 

(1,240

)

 

 

(4

%)

Sales

 

 

855

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

746

 

 

nm

 

Other

 

 

436

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

35

%

Total gross profit

 

 

33,699

 

 

 

34,079

 

 

 

(380

)

 

 

(1

)%

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

25,542

 

 

 

24,764

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

3

%

Income from operations

 

 

8,157

 

 

 

9,315

 

 

 

(1,158

)

 

 

(12

)%

Interest expense allocation

 

 

(2,211

)

 

 

(2,107

)

 

 

104

 

 

 

5

%

Pre-tax income

 

$

5,946

 

 

$

7,208

 

 

$

(1,262

)

 

 

(18

)%

Other Selected Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

27,961

 

 

$

29,010

 

 

$

(1,049

)

 

 

(4

)%

Average rental equipment 1

 

$

312,150

 

 

$

314,797

 

 

$

(2,647

)

 

 

(1

)%

Average rental equipment on rent

 

$

141,722

 

 

$

140,323

 

 

$

1,399

 

 

 

1

%

Average monthly total yield 2

 

 

1.50

%

 

 

1.43

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

%

Average utilization 3

 

 

45.4

%

 

 

44.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

%

Average monthly rental rate 4

 

 

3.29

%

 

 

3.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

%

Period end rental equipment 1

 

$

309,091

 

 

$

314,443

 

 

$

(5,352

)

 

 

(2

)%

Period end utilization 3

 

 

47.6

%

 

 

39.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

%

1

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.

2

Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.

3

Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.

4

Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

-38-


Adler Tanks’ gross profit for 2021 decreased $0.4 million, or 1%, to $33.7 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to year ended December 31, 2020:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $2.0 million, or 4%, to $56.0 million, due to 1% higher average rental equipment on rent and 2% higher average monthly rental rates in 2021 as compared to 2020.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 29% and 30% in 2021 and 2020, respectively, and other direct costs were 21% and 17% in 2021 and 2020, respectively, which resulted in gross margin percentages of 50% in 2021 compared to 53% in 2020.  The higher rental revenues, together with lower rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues decreasing $0.5 million, or 2%, to $28.1 million in 2021.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues increased $1.1 million, or 5%, compared to 2020.  The higher revenues together with lower gross margin percentage of 19% in 2021 compared to 23% in 2020 resulted in rental related services gross profit decreasing $0.7 million, or 14%, to $4.3 million in 2021.

For 2021, Adler Tanks’ selling and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 3%, to $25.5 million, primarily due to higher salaries and employee benefit costs and higher corporate allocated expenses.

-39-


Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019

Overview

Consolidated revenues in 2020 increased to $572.6 million from $570.2 million in 2019.  Consolidated net income in 2020 increased to $102.0 million, or $4.16 per diluted share in 2020, compared to $96.8 million, or $3.93 per diluted share, in 2019.  The Company’s year over year total revenue increase was primarily due to higher sales revenues, partly offset by lower rental and rental related services revenues as more fully described below.

For 2020 compared to 2019, on a consolidated basis:

Gross profit decreased $2.4 million, or 1%, to $263.7 million.  Mobile Modular’s gross profit increased $12.3 million, or 9%, due to higher gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit increased $0.1 million, primarily due to higher gross profit on sales and rental related services revenues.  Enviroplex’s gross profit decreased $1.9 million, or 13%, due to $7.1 million lower sales revenues.  Adler Tanks’ gross profit decreased $12.9 million, or 28%, due to lower gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales revenues.  

Selling and administrative expenses decreased $1.8 million, or 1%, to $123.0 million, primarily due to decreased travel, meals and meeting expenses.

Interest expense decreased $3.5 million, or 29%, due to 21% lower net average interest rate of 3.25% in 2020 compared to 4.10% in 2019 and 10% lower average debt levels of the Company.

Pre-tax income contribution was 62%, 26% and 6% by Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks, respectively, in 2019, compared to 54%, 27% and 11%, respectively, in 2019.  These results are discussed on a segment basis below.  Pre-tax income contribution by Enviroplex was 6% and 8% in 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The provision for income taxes resulted in an effective tax rate of 22.8% and 25.0% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Adjusted EBITDA increased $4.2 million, or 2%, to $241.0 million in 2020.  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash impairment costs and share-based compensation.  A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities and net income to Adjusted EBITDA can be found in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” on page 30.

-40-


Mobile Modular

For 2020, Mobile Modular’s total revenues increased $20.5 million, or 7%, to $321.5 million compared to 2019, primarily due to higher sales and rental revenues, partly offset by lower rental related services.  The revenue increase, together with higher gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales revenues, partly offset by higher selling and administrative expenses, resulted in an increase in pre-tax income of $12.3 million, or 18%, to $82.3 million in 2020.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax income, and other selected information.

Mobile Modular – 2020 compared to 2019

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

188,719

 

 

$

182,316

 

 

$

6,403

 

 

 

4

%

Rental related services

 

 

67,527

 

 

 

69,395

 

 

 

(1,868

)

 

 

(3

)%

Rental operations

 

 

256,246

 

 

 

251,711

 

 

 

4,535

 

 

 

2

%

Sales

 

 

63,863

 

 

 

47,043

 

 

 

16,820

 

 

 

36

%

Other

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

2,256

 

 

 

(841

)

 

 

(37

)%

Total revenues

 

 

321,524

 

 

 

301,010

 

 

 

20,514

 

 

 

7

%

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct costs of rental operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

22,967

 

 

 

22,071

 

 

 

896

 

 

 

4

%

Rental related services

 

 

48,910

 

 

 

51,787

 

 

 

(2,877

)

 

 

(6

)%

Other

 

 

47,762

 

 

 

51,136

 

 

 

(3,374

)

 

 

(7

)%

Total direct costs of rental operations

 

 

119,639

 

 

 

124,994

 

 

 

(5,355

)

 

 

(4

)%

Costs of sales

 

 

46,011

 

 

 

32,398

 

 

 

13,613

 

 

 

42

%

Total costs of revenues

 

 

165,650

 

 

 

157,392

 

 

 

8,258

 

 

 

5

%

Gross Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

 

117,990

 

 

 

109,109

 

 

 

8,881

 

 

 

8

%

Rental related services

 

 

18,617

 

 

 

17,608

 

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

6

%

Rental operations

 

 

136,607

 

 

 

126,717

 

 

 

9,890

 

 

 

8

%

Sales

 

 

17,852

 

 

 

14,645

 

 

 

3,207

 

 

 

22

%

Other

 

 

1,416

 

 

 

2,256

 

 

 

(840

)

 

 

(37

)%

Total gross profit

 

 

155,875

 

 

 

143,618

 

 

 

12,257

 

 

 

9

%

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

68,470

 

 

 

65,699

 

 

 

2,771

 

 

 

4

%

Income from operations

 

 

87,405

 

 

 

77,919

 

 

 

9,486

 

 

 

12

%

Interest expense allocation

 

 

(5,104

)

 

 

(7,946

)

 

 

(2,842

)

 

 

(36

)%

Pre-tax income

 

$

82,301

 

 

$

69,973

 

 

$

12,328

 

 

 

18

%

Other Selected Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average rental equipment 1

 

$

825,614

 

 

$

795,250

 

 

$

30,364

 

 

 

4

%

Average rental equipment on rent

 

$

637,500

 

 

$

629,459

 

 

$

8,041

 

 

 

1

%

Average monthly total yield 2

 

 

1.88

%

 

 

1.90

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)%

Average utilization 3

 

 

77.2

%

 

 

79.20

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)%

Average monthly rental rate 4

 

 

2.47

%

 

 

2.41

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

%

Period end rental equipment 1

 

$

836,531

 

 

$

814,367

 

 

$

22,164

 

 

 

3

%

Period end utilization 3

 

 

76.0

%

 

 

79.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)%

1

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.

2

Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.

3

Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.

4

Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

-41-


Mobile Modular’s gross profit for 2020 increased $12.3 million, or 9%, to $155.9 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $6.4 million, or 4%, due to 1% higher average rental equipment on rent and 2% higher average monthly rental rates.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 12% in 2020 and 2019 and other direct costs were 25% in 2020 and 28% in 2019, which resulted in gross margin percentage of 63% in 2020 compared to 60% and 2019.  The higher rental revenues and higher rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues increasing $8.9 million, or 8%, to $118.0 million in 2020.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues decreased $1.9 million, or 3%, compared to 2019.  Most of these service revenues are negotiated with the initial lease and are recognized on a straight-line basis with the associated costs over the initial term of the lease.  The decrease in rental related services revenues was primarily attributable to lower amortization of modular building delivery and return delivery and dismantle revenues and lower repair revenues, partly offset by increased site related services revenues.  The lower revenues offset by higher gross margin percentage of 28% in 2020 compared to 25% in 2019 resulted in rental related services gross profit increasing $1.0 million, or 6%, to $18.6 million in 2020.

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues increased $16.8 million, or 36%, primarily due to higher new and used equipment sales.  The higher sales revenues, partly offset by lower gross margins of 28% in 2020 compared to 31% in 2019, resulted in sales gross profit increasing $3.2 million, or 22%, to $17.9 million in 2020.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of Mobile Modular’s rental business; however, these sales can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements, equipment availability and funding.

For 2020, Mobile Modular’s selling and administrative expenses increased $2.8 million, or 4%, to $68.5 million, primarily due to higher allocated corporate expenses and increased salaries and benefit costs, partly offset by lower travel, meals and meeting costs.

-42-


TRS-RenTelco

For 2020, TRS-RenTelco’s total revenues increased $9.3 million, or 7%, to $140.8 million compared to 2019, primarily due to higher rental and sales revenues.  Pre-tax income increased $0.3 million, or 1%, to $34.5 million for 2020, primarily due to higher gross profit on sales and rental related services revenues and lower selling and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax income, and other selected information.

TRS-RenTelco – 2020 compared to 2019

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

109,083

 

 

$

103,704

 

 

$

5,379

 

 

 

5

%

Rental related services

 

 

3,080

 

 

 

3,260

 

 

 

(180

)

 

 

(6

)%

Rental operations

 

 

112,163

 

 

 

106,964

 

 

 

5,199

 

 

 

5

%

Sales

 

 

26,618

 

 

 

22,106

 

 

 

4,512

 

 

 

20

%

Other

 

 

2,030

 

 

 

2,413

 

 

 

(383

)

 

 

(16

)%

Total revenues

 

 

140,811

 

 

 

131,483

 

 

 

9,328

 

 

 

7

%

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct costs of rental operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

46,472

 

 

 

41,948

 

 

 

4,524

 

 

 

11

%

Rental related services

 

 

2,419

 

 

 

2,791

 

 

 

(372

)

 

 

(13

)%

Other

 

 

17,133

 

 

 

16,303

 

 

 

830

 

 

 

5

%

Total direct costs of rental operations

 

 

66,024

 

 

 

61,042

 

 

 

4,982

 

 

 

8

%

Costs of sales

 

 

13,923

 

 

 

9,693

 

 

 

4,230

 

 

 

44

%

Total costs of revenues

 

 

79,947

 

 

 

70,735

 

 

 

9,212

 

 

 

13

%

Gross Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

 

45,478

 

 

 

45,453

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

0

%

Rental related services

 

 

661

 

 

 

469

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

41

%

Rental operations

 

 

46,139

 

 

 

45,922

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

0

%

Sales

 

 

12,695

 

 

 

12,413

 

 

 

282

 

 

 

2

%

Other

 

 

2,030

 

 

 

2,413

 

 

 

(383

)

 

 

(16

)%

Total gross profit

 

 

60,864

 

 

 

60,748

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

0

%

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

24,306

 

 

 

24,645

 

 

 

(339

)

 

 

(1

)%

Income from operations

 

 

36,558

 

 

 

36,103

 

 

 

455

 

 

 

1

%

Interest expense allocation

 

 

(2,133

)

 

 

(1,970

)

 

 

163

 

 

 

8

%

Foreign currency exchange gain

 

 

78

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(7

)%

Pre-tax income

 

$

34,503

 

 

$

34,217

 

 

$

286

 

 

 

1

%

Other Selected Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average rental equipment 1

 

$

336,399

 

 

$

306,426

 

 

$

29,973

 

 

 

10

%

Average rental equipment on rent

 

$

222,748

 

 

$

202,832

 

 

$

19,916

 

 

 

10

%

Average monthly total yield 2

 

 

2.70

%

 

 

2.82

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)%

Average utilization 3

 

 

66.2

%

 

 

66.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average monthly rental rate 4

 

 

4.08

%

 

 

4.26

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)%

Period end rental equipment 1

 

$

331,528

 

 

$

333,613

 

 

$

(2,085

)

 

 

(1

)%

Period end utilization 3

 

 

67.4

%

 

 

64.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

%

1

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment.

2

Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.

3

Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.

4

Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

-43-


TRS-RenTelco’s gross profit for 2020 increased $0.1 million to $60.9 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues increased $5.4 million, or 5%, to $109.1 million with depreciation expense increasing $4.5 million, or 11%, and other direct costs increasing $0.8 million, or 5%, resulting in a comparable  gross profit on rental revenues of $45.5 million in 2020 and 2019.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 43% in 2020 and 40% in 2019 and other direct costs was 16% in 2020 and 2019, which resulted in gross margin percentage of 42% in 2020 compared to 44% in 2019.  The rental revenues increase was due to 10% higher average rental equipment on rent, partly offset by 4% lower average monthly rental rates.

Gross Profit on Sales – Sales revenues increased $4.5 million, or 20%, to $26.6 million in 2020.  Gross profit on sales increased $0.3 million with gross margin percentage decreasing to 48% from 56% in 2019, primarily due to lower gross margins on used equipment sales.  Sales occur routinely as a normal part of TRS-RenTelco’s rental business; however, these sales and related gross margins can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements, equipment availability and funding.

For 2020, TRS-RenTelco’s selling and administrative expenses decreased $0.3 million, or 1%, to $24.3 million, primarily due to lower salaries and benefit costs and lower travel, meals and meeting expenses, partly offset by higher allocated corporate expenses.

-44-


Adler Tanks

For 2020, Adler Tanks’ total revenues decreased $20.4 million, or 21%, to $77.5 million compared to 2019, primarily due to lower rental and rental related services revenues.  Pre-tax income decreased $7.0 million, primarily due to lower gross profit on rental, rental related services and sales, partly offset by lower selling and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes year-to-year results for each revenue and gross profit category, income from operations, pre-tax income and other selected information.

Adler Tanks – 2020 compared to 2019

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

53,988

 

 

$

67,869

 

 

$

(13,881

)

 

 

(20

)%

Rental related services

 

 

21,786

 

 

 

28,383

 

 

 

(6,597

)

 

 

(23

%)

Rental operations

 

 

75,774

 

 

 

96,252

 

 

 

(20,478

)

 

 

(21

%)

Sales

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

9

%

Other

 

 

322

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

(83

)

 

 

(20

%)

Total revenues

 

 

77,482

 

 

 

97,923

 

 

 

(20,441

)

 

 

(21

%)

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct costs of rental operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

16,427

 

 

 

16,372

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

0

%

Rental related services

 

 

16,776

 

 

 

21,663

 

 

 

(4,887

)

 

 

(23

%)

Other

 

 

8,923

 

 

 

11,926

 

 

 

(3,003

)

 

 

(25

%)

Total direct costs of rental operations

 

 

42,126

 

 

 

49,961

 

 

 

(7,835

)

 

 

(16

%)

Costs of sales

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

948

 

 

 

329

 

 

 

35

%

Total costs of revenues

 

 

43,403

 

 

 

50,909

 

 

 

(7,506

)

 

 

(15

%)

Gross Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

 

28,638

 

 

 

39,571

 

 

 

(10,933

)

 

 

(28

%)

Rental related services

 

 

5,010

 

 

 

6,720

 

 

 

(1,710

)

 

 

(25

%)

Rental operations

 

 

33,648

 

 

 

46,291

 

 

 

(12,643

)

 

 

(27

%)

Sales

 

 

109

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

(209

)

 

nm

 

Other

 

 

322

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

(83

)

 

 

-20

%

Total gross profit

 

 

34,079

 

 

 

47,014

 

 

 

(12,935

)

 

 

(28

)%

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

24,764

 

 

 

29,321

 

 

 

(4,557

)

 

 

(16

)%

Income from operations

 

 

9,315

 

 

 

17,693

 

 

 

(8,378

)

 

 

(47

)%

Interest expense allocation

 

 

(2,107

)

 

 

(3,436

)

 

 

(1,329

)

 

 

(39

)%

Pre-tax income

 

$

7,208

 

 

$

14,257

 

 

$

(7,049

)

 

 

(49

)%

Other Selected Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average rental equipment 1

 

$

314,797

 

 

$

313,810

 

 

$

987

 

 

 

0

%

Average rental equipment on rent

 

$

140,323

 

 

$

171,664

 

 

$

(31,341

)

 

 

(18

)%

Average monthly total yield 2

 

 

1.43

%

 

 

1.80

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)%

Average utilization 3

 

 

44.6

%

 

 

54.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)%

Average monthly rental rate 4

 

 

3.21

%

 

 

3.29

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)%

Period end rental equipment 1

 

$

314,443

 

 

$

314,976

 

 

$

(533

)

 

 

(0

)%

Period end utilization 3

 

 

39.8

%

 

 

48.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

%)

1

Average and Period end rental equipment represents the cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.

2

Average monthly total yield is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment for the period.

3

Period end utilization is calculated by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment. Average utilization for the period is calculated using the average month end costs of the rental equipment.

4

Average monthly rental rate is calculated by dividing the averages of monthly rental revenues by the cost of rental equipment on rent for the period.

-45-


Adler Tanks’ gross profit for 2020 decreased $12.9 million, or 28%, to $34.1 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to year ended December 31, 2019:

Gross Profit on Rental Revenues – Rental revenues decreased $13.9 million, or 20%, to $54.0 million, due to 18% lower average rental equipment on rent and 2% lower average monthly rental rates in 2020 as compared to 2019.  The rental revenue decrease was primarily due to COVID-19 related business disruptions and a decrease in the price of oil and gas, which contributed to weaker activities in multiple geographic and market segments.  As a percentage of rental revenues, depreciation was 30% and 24% in 2020 and 2019, respectively, and other direct costs were 17% and 18% in 2020 and 2019, respectively, which resulted in gross margin percentages of 53% in 2020 compared to 58% in 2019.  The lower rental revenues, together with lower rental margins resulted in gross profit on rental revenues decreasing $10.9 million, or 28%, to $28.6 million in 2020.

Gross Profit on Rental Related Services – Rental related services revenues decreased $6.6 million, or 23%, compared to 2019.  The lower revenues together with lower gross margin percentage of 23% in 2020 compared to 24% in 2019 resulted in rental related services gross profit decreasing $1.7 million, or 25%, to $5.0 million in 2020.

For 2020, Adler Tanks’ selling and administrative expenses decreased $4.6 million, or 16%, to $24.8 million, primarily due to lower salaries and employee benefit costs, travel, meals and meeting expenses and lower corporate allocated expenses.


-46-


Adjusted EBITDA

To supplement the Company’s financial data presented onpolicy that no Company funds or assets will be used to make a basis consistent with accounting principles generally acceptedcontribution to any political party, political campaign, political candidate, or public official in the United States of America (“GAAP”),or any foreign country, unless the Company presents “Adjusted EBITDA”, whichcontribution is definedlawfully and expressly authorized by the Board of Directors or our Chief Executive Officer. The Company made no political contributions in 2023 and intends to make no political contributions in the future.

12


ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

In this Amendment, we refer to Messrs. Hanna, Pratt, and Hawkins, and Mses. Malek and Van Trease collectively as our named executive officers or NEOs. Mr. Hanna is our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Pratt is our Chief Financial Officer and Mr. Hawkins, and Mses. Malek and Van Trease were our next three highest compensated executive officers serving as of December 31, 2023. In this Amendment, we refer to the NEOs and Messrs. Whitney, Skenesky, Lieffrig, and Ms. Wescott collectively as “executive officers.”

The Merger Proxy Statement contains certain disclosures related to information about compensation for each Company NEO that is based on or otherwise relates to the Transaction and will or may become payable by the Company. The executive compensation section of this Amendment should be read in conjunction with those sections of the Merger Proxy Statement.

Business Performance Highlights and Alignment with Compensation

Our full-year 2023 revenue and profit growth reflect a strategic focusing of the McGrath portfolio on Mobile Modular through the Vesta Modular acquisition and Adler Tank Rentals divestiture, which we announced on February 1, 2023. We also maintained a diligent focus on execution as we made the most of healthy market conditions across our Mobile Modular and Portable Storage business segments. We pursued our strategic growth focus on the modular segment with significant organic investment in new fleet, while optimizing pricing and improving fleet utilization. We also made progress with our modular growth initiatives for additional services and new equipment sales. The Company also entered into a Merger Agreement as further described in the Merger Proxy Statement.

The annual incentive bonus amounts in respect of 2023 for the executive officers were based on the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA for corporate officers and division-specific Adjusted EBITDA for division officers (defined as the Company’s net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash impairment costs, share-based compensation and share-basedtransaction costs). Adjusted EBITDA accounted for 100% of the annual profitability bonus target in compensation plans for amounts paid out in 2023. The metric used to determine the achievement of long-term performance-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted during 2023 is the achievement of three-year Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) and revenue growth targets. In addition, in an effort to retain key managers, attract new talent, and build an ownership mentality for executive officers, the Compensation Committee continued its practice in 2023 of granting a mix of time-based and performance-based RSUs. The time-based RSUs vest over three years, and performance-based RSUs vest at the end of a three-year performance period. This approach more closely aligns our equity compensation with our peer companies and common market practices.

Executive Compensation Program Design

The Compensation Committee has the responsibility for establishing, implementing, and continually monitoring the compensation of the Company’s executive officers. The Compensation Committee oversees and approves the design of the executive compensation program to ensure that the total compensation paid to our executive officers is fair, reasonable, competitive, and aligned with the goals and objectives of the Company. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the principal components of compensation for executive officers were:

1.

Annual base salary;

2.

Non-equity annual performance-based incentive compensation (“Annual Cash Bonus”) pursuant to the Non-Equity Performance-Based Incentive Plan (the “Cash Bonus Plan”); and

3.

Long-term equity incentive compensation;

The Compensation Committee determined that these three elements, with a significant percentage of total compensation allocated to “at-risk” performance-based incentives, best align the interests of our executive officers with our shareholders and achieve our overall goals for executive compensation. The Company presents Adjusted EBITDAAnnual Cash Bonus rewards achievement of annual incentive goals and the long-term equity incentive compensation rewards achievement of long-term growth in shareholder value and sustained financial health of the Company. There is no pre-established policy or target for the allocation between either cash and non-cash or short-term and long-term incentive compensation. Rather, the Compensation Committee reviews relevant market compensation data from its compensation consultant and other sources and uses its judgment to determine the appropriate level and mix of incentive compensation on an annual basis.

13


Elements of 2023 Executive Compensation Program

Compensation Element

Description

Program Features

Annual Base Salary

•  Fixed component of annual cash compensation.

•  Influenced by competitive market pay trends and individual performance while considering each NEOs experience and scope of responsibilities.

•  Offers McGrath NEOs a stable measure of certainty and predictability to meet ongoing living and financial commitments.

•  Ensures McGrath remains competitive with the market to ensure the Company attracts and retains top talent.

Annual Incentive Compensation

(“Annual Cash Bonus”)

•  Variable compensation paid to NEOs subject to pre-established financial “Profitability Bonus” targets as well as individual “Personal Annual Priorities” performance.

•  Each NEO is granted a target award (as a percentage of the NEO’s base salary) based upon job responsibilities, performance in role, and market competitiveness.

•  In 2023, the Profitability Bonus Plan metric was changed to a consistent metric of company Adjusted EBITDA for corporate officers and divisional Adjusted EBITDA for division VPs. In the prior year, pre-tax income was used for corporate officers and division EBIT was used for division VPs.

•  In 2023 Adjusted EBITDA was the only metric in the “Profitability Bonus” portion of the program, weighted 75% of the total Annual Cash Bonus. Based on Adjusted EBITDA performance, payouts can range from 50% at threshold to 200% at maximum, with linear interpolation between performance levels.

•  The remaining 25% of the Annual Cash Bonus was dedicated to “Personal Annual Priorities” comprised of a maximum of four (4) items deemed to be the most critical priorities for each NEO for the year. Individual priorities payout opportunity is capped at 100% of target.

Long-Term Equity Incentives

•  The Compensation Committee granted a mix of performance-based restricted stock units (“PSUs) and time-based RSUs in 2023 to retain key talent and build an ownership mentality for executive officers.

•  A target equity award is granted to each NEO commensurate with job responsibilities, market competitiveness, experience, and qualitative and quantitative performance factors.

•  PSUs utilize a multi-year performance period to link realized compensation to achievement of long-term financial performance.

•  In 2023, company wide ROIC and revenue achievement goals were used to measure performance achievement. RSUs align the executives with stockholder interests on increasing share value.

•  In 2023 50% was granted in the form of PSUs with performance measured by achievement of three-year Company ROIC and revenue growth targets, each weighted equally, providing a balanced focus on both returns and growth over the three-year performance period. The PSUs cliff vest three years after grant, subject to continued service and achievement of the performance goals.

•  The remaining 50% was granted as time-based RSUs vesting in three equal annual installments over three years based on continued service.

•  We believe this provides a balanced focus on both returns and growth over the three-year performance period.

14


Executive Compensation Practices at a financial measure as management believes it provides useful informationGlance

We strive to investors regardinghave compensation programs that serve to attract and retain our best people, align the interests of our employees with that of our shareholders by focusing incentive compensation on pay for performance, and at the same time assure good corporate governance. Over the years, always with a focus on enhancing long-term shareholder value, we have implemented many changes, including granting RSUs with longer-term targets, stock ownership guidelines, a compensation recoupment policy, a risk-hedging policy, change in control arrangements, limited perquisites, net settlement features in equity grants to reduce the effect of dilution, and setting realistic stretch targets specifically focused on our rental industry metrics.

What We Do

What We Do Not Do

Pay for Performance under Our Cash Bonus Plan: We link pay to performance and shareholder interests by establishing an annual cash bonus plan based on financial metrics and personal annual priorities established in advance by the CEO and/or the Compensation Committee.

Performance-Based Long Term Incentive Compensation: 50% ofthe RSUs granted to our executive officers have performance-based vesting subject to goals associated with corporate or divisional ROIC performance. In 2023, we will also began using revenue as an additional measurement.

Compensation Recoupment Policy: The policy may require an executive officer in the event of a financial restatement to reimburse the Company with respect to any incentive compensation (including cash and equity awards) received during the past three years.

Capped Incentives under Our Annual Cash Bonus Plan: Bonuses under our annual cash bonus plan are capped for our executive officers — the cap is tied to their base salary for the relevant year, and in no case is it greater than 200% of their target bonus.

Equity Awards Vesting: Performance-based awards vest at the end of each three-year performance period. Time-based awards are subject to a three-year vesting schedule.

Stock Ownership and Holdback Guidelines: Our executive officers and directors are subject to stock ownership and holdback guidelines.

Compensation Committee Independence and Experience: The Compensation Committee is comprised solely of independent directors who have extensive experience.

Thorough Compensation Risk Assessment: The Compensation Committee regularly conducts a comprehensive risk assessment of the Company’s executive compensation programs and practices every two years to ensure prudent risk management.

Independent Compensation Advisor: The Compensation Committee utilizes its own independent advisor.

No “Single Trigger” Change of Control Severance Payments: We generally do not have “single trigger” severance payments owing solely on account of the occurrence of a change of control event.

No Guaranteed Bonuses: We do not provide guaranteed minimum bonuses or uncapped incentives under our annual cash bonus plan.

No Re-Pricing of Equity Awards: Our equity plans prohibit repricing of equity awards without shareholder approval.

No Special Perquisites or Retirement Benefits: We do not provide special perquisites or retirement benefits to our executive officers that are not generally made available to all of our employees except that any executive officer employed with the Company for at least 10 years may remain on the Company’s health insurance policy after retiring if he or she pays 100% of the premiums.

No Tax Gross-Ups:We do not provide tax gross-ups.

No Hedging in Company Securities: Our employees and directors are prohibited from engaging in any hedging transaction with respect to company equity securities.

No Pledging of Company Securities: Our employees and directors are prohibited from engaging in any pledging transaction with respect to company equity securities.

15


The following sections describe all features of our executive compensation in more detail.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The purpose of the Company’s liquidityexecutive compensation program is to attract and retain exceptional managerial talent and to reward performance by establishing measurable objectives to drive future performance, thus aligning our executive officers’ interests with those of our shareholders. We believe the most effective compensation program is one that is designed to reward the achievement of specific annual, long-term, and strategic goals of the Company. Our primary objective is to align our executive officers’ interests with the interests of our shareholders by rewarding the achievement of established goals that contribute to increased long-term shareholder value. To that end, part of our executive officers’ compensation is directly tied to identifiable, objective goals by which performance can be measured. In addition, in structuring our executive compensation program, we consider the compensation of our executive officers relative to the compensation paid to similarly situated executives of our peer group companies and the broader general market.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation

At the 2023 Annual Meeting, 96.7% of the shares of Common Stock present and entitled to vote on the advisory vote on the executive compensation proposal were in favor of our named executive officer compensation. The result of the 2023 vote was consistent with our record over the past five years of greater than 95% support for say-on-pay. The Board of Directors and Compensation Committee reviewed these final vote results and determined that, given the significant level of support, our executive compensation policies and decisions discussed in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” were appropriate to achieve our objectives.

Compensation Consultant and Peer Group Selection

The Compensation Committee periodically seeks input from its outside compensation consultant on a range of external market factors, including evolving compensation trends, appropriate peer companies, and market survey data. In 2023, the Compensation Committee retained Semler Brossy to conduct a review and analysis of our current compensation program to be considered by the Compensation Committee in establishing the compensation levels and severance guidelines for our non-employee directors and executive officers. After consideration of several factors relating to the independence of Semler Brossy, including those guidelines set forth in the NASDAQ listing standards, the Compensation Committee determined that Semler Brossy is independent.

In late 2023, Semler Brossy provided an analysis with relevant market data and alternatives to consider when making compensation decisions for our executive officers. The analysis compared each element of total compensation against a peer group of publicly traded companies and compensation survey data (the “Compensation Peer Group”). The Compensation Peer Group consisted of companies against which we compete for recruiting and retaining qualified line and staff executives and independent non-employee directors. In selecting the Compensation Peer Group, the Compensation Committee also sought to comply with best-practice parameters by including companies in a similar industry or geography and with similar financial conditionmetrics, such as revenue, market capitalization, and because management,net income. The Compensation Committee generally reviews total compensation and considers it compared to the Compensation Peer Group.

Other factors were also taken into consideration when determining executive officer compensation levels, including:

1)

Divisional size (revenues or earnings) contribution to Company-wide results relative to other divisions.

2)

Divisional business complexity relative to other divisions of the Company.

3)

Stature/experience/length of service of executive officer in role relative to market comparisons.

4)

Geographic location of executive officer and relative market comparisons.

5)

Definition and extent of responsibilities of executive officer role by the Company versus peer group sources.

6)

Divisional leadership transition or new business initiatives.

7)

Appropriate weighting or relativeness of different peer group sources.

8)

Other factors the Compensation Committee may deem appropriate.

16


The companies comprising the 2023 Compensation Peer Group are as well asfollows:

Air Transport Services Group, Inc.Civeo CorporationCohu, Inc.
Form Factor, Inc.GATX CorporationH&E Equipment Service, Inc.
Harmonic, Inc.Herc Holding Inc.Montrose Environmental Group, Inc.
Triton International LTDUS Ecology, Inc.Willis Lease Finance Corp.
WillScot Mobile Mini Holdings Corporation

Process of Setting and Approving Executive Compensation; Role of Chief Executive Officer

The Compensation Committee approves annual compensation levels and equity awards to all of our executive officers. The process is described below:

The five steps below describe the Company’s lenders, use this measureprocess of setting and approving executive compensation and the role of the Chief Executive Officer in evaluatinga typical year.

1. The Compensation Committee reviews the independent compensation consultant’s analysis to evaluate for each executive officer (1) a target total compensation amount; (2) the appropriate allocation of base salary, annual bonus, and long-term equity incentive compensation; (3) the risk that any compensation element could have an adverse impact on the Company; and (4) if there should be any change to the forms of compensation to better align our executive officer’s interests with those of our shareholders.

2. For the Chief Executive Officer, the allocation of base salary, annual bonus, and long-term equity incentive compensation and the applicable performance target levels are determined by the Compensation Committee, in consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Directors and separately with all of the independent directors. The Chief Executive Officer has no role in setting his compensation.

3. For each of the other executive officers, the Chief Executive Officer recommends the allocation of base salaries, annual bonuses, and long-term equity incentive compensation and the applicable performance target levels. These recommendations are presented to the Compensation Committee for the Compensation Committee’s consideration and, if appropriate, approval.

4. Shortly after the end of the fiscal year, the Chief Executive Officer reviews the performance of each executive officer (other than himself) against his or her established personal objectives for the Company.year and general management responsibilities and then determines the achievement level attained.

Management uses5. At the end of the fiscal year, the Compensation Committee reviews the Chief Executive Officer’s performance. The Compensation Committee then determines, based on the market data and the Chief Executive Officer’s performance, and after consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Directors and separately with all independent directors, the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer.

2023 Annual Base Salary

The table below sets forth the annual base salary of each of our named executive officers in 2022 and 2023. Based on the performance results of 2022, the outlook for the Company in 2023, the updated analysis conducted by the Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant, and Mr. Hanna’s input for the named executive officers other than himself, the Compensation Committee considered and approved the increased base salaries due to merit adjustments for the named executive officers in 2023 as shown in the table below.

17


Name

  2022 Base
Salary
   2023 Base
Salary
 

Joseph F. Hanna(1)

  $700,000   $800,000 

Keith E. Pratt

  $480,000   $500,000 

Philip B. Hawkins

  $350,000   $380,000 

Gilda Malek(2)

  $—    $400,000 

Kristina Van Trease

  $316,000   $330,000 

(1)

Mr. Hanna’s salary was adjusted in 2023 to ensure alignment with pay levels at the Company’s compensation peer group.

(2)

Ms. Malek was hired on March 21, 2023 and therefore does not have a base salary to report for 2022. For 2023, Ms. Malek’s salary was prorated based on her annual base salary of $400,000.

2023 Non-Equity Performance-Based Incentive Compensation

The 2023 Cash Bonus Plan is comprised of two components. The first component compensates the executive officer for his or her efforts leading to the Company’s success at meeting its annual profitability goals. Annual profitability goals are measured by Adjusted EBITDA as a supplementfor corporate executive officers (Messrs. Hanna and Pratt and Mses. Malek and Van Trease) and for division executive officers (Mr. Hawkins). The second component measures the executive officer’s success at accomplishing his or her personal annual priorities. These two components are used to GAAP measuresensure an emphasis on annual profitability and to further evaluate period-to-period operating performance, compliancedefine each executive officer’s specific role with financial covenantsmeasurable goals to achieve annual and long-term increases in shareholder value. For each of our NEOs, the profitability component is weighted 75% and the personal annual priorities component is weighted 25%.

Component 1—Profitability:

The profitability goal for the corporate NEOs, Messrs. Hanna and Pratt and Mses. Malek and Van Trease, is based 100% on the Company’s revolving lines of credit and senior notes andAdjusted EBITDA. For the Company’s ability to meet future capital expenditure and working capital requirements.  Management believes the exclusion of non-cash charges, including share-based compensation,division NEO, Mr. Hawkins, his profitability goal is useful in measuring the Company’s cash available for operations and performance of the Company.  Because management findsalso based 100% on Adjusted EBITDA useful, the Company believes its investors will also find Adjusted EBITDA useful in evaluating the Company’s performance.for his division.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flows, or other consolidated income or cash flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP or as a measure ofis calculated from results reported on the Company’s profitability or liquidity.  Adjusted EBITDA is not in accordance with or an alternative for GAAP and may be different from non−GAAP measures usedincome statement, excluding one-time acquisition-related transaction costs disclosed by other companies.  Unlike EBITDA, which may be used by other companies or investors, Adjusted EBITDA does not include share-based compensation charges.  The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA is of limited use in that it does not reflect all of the amounts associated with the Company’s results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP and does not accurately reflect real cash flow.  In addition, other companies may not use Adjusted EBITDA or may use other non-GAAP measures, limiting the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of comparison.  The Company’s presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that the Company will not incur expenses that are the same as or similar to the adjustments in this presentation.  Therefore, Adjusted EBITDA should only be used to evaluate the Company’s results of operations in conjunction with the corresponding GAAP measures.  The Company compensates for the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA by relying upon GAAP results to gainits annual and quarterly reports. For a complete picture of the Company’s performance.  Because Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, as defined by the SEC, the Company includes in the tables below reconciliationsreconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the comparable GAAP measure, please reference the Original Annual Report.

We use a collaborative process between our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive officers to determine the annual profitability goal for each of the executive officers of the Company. The goals are then recommended to the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee then reviews each executive officer’s compensation history and performance before determining final levels for profitability goals.

The annual profitability goals for each division and the Company are established at the beginning of each fiscal year based upon a “realistic stretch” philosophy. The Company’s management determines the potential annual financial performance for each division and the Company based on its outlook for the opportunity levels in the markets in which it operates, strategic and tactical initiatives, and other key factors and special circumstances, applying a “realistic stretch” view to what potentially can be accomplished. We expect that although it would take a significant amount of effort on the part of each individual, 100% of the target annual profitability level can be achieved for the year. We assume any amount in excess of the target annual profitability goal would be difficult to achieve without extraordinary effort or the occurrence of significant and unforeseen changes in the competitive landscape. Each executive officer has a designated percentage of base salary for the calendar year that can be earned for achieving 100% of his or her respective annual profitability goal. For 2023, based on input from Semler Brossy, and consistent with common practices in the market, the threshold for the 2023 Cash Bonus Plan is such that 90% achievement will result in 50% bonus eligibility. Achievement below 90% results in zero payout. At 110% achievement, the plan pays a maximum of two times the bonus target for profitability. Achievement and resulting bonus payouts for performance between Threshold and Target, and for performance between Target and Maximum, are determined based on straight-line interpolation.

18


   % of Goal
Achieved
  % of Bonus
Earned
 

Below

   < 90  0 

Threshold

   90  50

Target

   100  100

Maximum

   110  200

Component 2—Personal Annual Priorities:

The second component for the Cash Bonus Plan measures each executive officer’s success at accomplishing his or her personal annual priorities. Final determination of the personal annual priorities for each executive officer rests with the Chief Executive Officer (other than the personal annual priorities of the Chief Executive Officer, which are determined by the Compensation Committee, after consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Directors and separately with all independent directors). These personal annual priorities are measured periodically throughout the year and paid annually, using a collaborative process between the Chief Executive Officer or the Executive Vice President and each executive officer. The personal annual priorities generally are comprised of a maximum of four (4) items deemed to be the most critical priorities that require action to be taken for the current evaluation period. Each priority is weighted according to (1) the critical nature of the priority relative to other priorities; and (2) the amount of time and effort involved in accomplishing the priority relative to other priorities.

Listed below under “2023 Cash Bonus Plan Percentages” is a schedule identifying each NEO and the percentage amounts of base salary for calendar year 2023 that could have been earned under this component for achieving a 100% rating for all personal priorities. Each personal annual priority goal represents a challenge and complete success is not always solely in the control of the executive officer. There are factors that may affect the outcome, including changes in market conditions and unanticipated variables. Each personal annual priority is measured and the overall weighted average of achievement for all personal annual priorities is multiplied by the total percentage of base salary allotted to personal annual priorities available to each executive officer. The Compensation Committee annually uses its discretion to allocate specific percentages of profitability and personal annual priorities for each executive officer.

2023 Cash Bonus Plan Percentages:

Based on each named executive officer’s performance results in 2022, the outlook for the Company in 2023, and Mr. Hanna’s input for executive officers other than himself, the Compensation Committee considered and approved the Cash Bonus Plan percentages for the profitability goal and the personal annual priorities components in 2023 for the NEOs as shown in the table below (which includes percentages applicable if the target is met for each goal, as well as the maximum percentages applicable if the target is exceeded for each goal).

              Adjusted EBITDA(1)   Individual Component(2)         

Name

  2023 Base   Target
bonus as
% of
Base
  2023
Target
Bonus $
   Wt.  %
Earned
  Payout $   Wt.  %
Earned
  Payout $   Total
Payout $
   Total
Payout as
% of
Target
 

Joseph F. Hanna

  $800,000    100.0 $800,000    75.0  156.4 $938,400    25.0  96.1 $192,200   $1,130,600    141.3

Keith E. Pratt

  $500,000    60.0 $300,000    75.0  156.4 $351,900    25.0  100.0 $75,000   $426,900    142.3

Philip B. Hawkins

  $380,000    60.0 $228,000    75.0  180.0 $307,800    25.0  97.8 $55,746   $363,546    159.5

Gilda Malek

  $400,000    50.0 $200,000    75.0  156.4 $183,824    25.0  127.6 $50,000   $233,824    149.20

Kristina Van Trease

  $330,000    60.0 $198,000    75.0  156.4 $232,254    25.0  100.0 $49,500   $281,754    142.3

(1)

Maximum payout for Adjusted EBITDA is 200% of target.

(2)

Maximum payout for Individual Component is 100% of target.

Under the terms of the 2023 Cash Bonus Plan, in the event of a named executive officer’s termination by the Company without cause or a resignation for good reason, which occurs prior to the end of the fiscal year, the bonus will be prorated based on the number of days such named executive officer was employed prior to such termination for the year of termination, with the bonus amount calculated as follows: (i) for the profitability component, the target bonus amount, and (ii) for the priorities component, full satisfaction of the specified priorities. In the event of a change of control, the bonus will be prorated based on the number of days the named executive officer was employed prior to the change of control, with the bonus amount calculated as follows: (i) for the profitability component, the target bonus amount, and (ii) for the priorities component, full satisfaction of the specified priorities. As discussed in the Merger Proxy, if the Transaction closes during the middle of a plan year and an NEO’s employment is terminated without cause or an NEO resigns for good reason in connection with the closing of the Transaction, then such NEO would be entitled to a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination.

19


2023 Goals and Results:

With respect to annual profitability goals:

Messrs. Hanna and Pratt and Mses. Malek and Van Trease’s Company profitability goal for Adjusted EBITDA was $304,797,000, and results achieved were $321,974,000, or 105.64% of plan, resulting in a 156.40% payout for this incentive compensation component.

Mr. Hawkins had division-specific profitability goal for Adjusted EBITDA of $165,669,000. Results achieved were $191,990,000, or 115.89% of plan, resulting in a 200% payout for this incentive compensation component.

With respect to personal annual priorities goals:

Mr. Hanna achieved 96.1% of his 2023 personal annual priorities goals, consisting of implementing and executing on the Company’s growth strategy, supporting the growth of the key Mobile Modular strategic initiatives, land optimization, and execution of our M&A strategy.

Mr. Pratt achieved 100% of his 2023 personal annual priorities goals, consisting of supporting the Company’s growth strategy, maximizing shareholder value, supporting initiatives to maximize the benefits from the Vesta acquisition, and supporting the development of additional organizational strengths and capabilities.

Mr. Hawkins achieved 97.8% of his 2023 personal annual priorities goals, consisting of executing the Company’s core business initiatives, delivery of strategic initiatives, and successful closing and integration of the Company’s acquisition of Vesta Modular.

Ms. Malek achieved 100% of her 2023 personal annual priorities goals, consisting of Corporate Secretary responsibilities, enhancements of risk management framework, improved safety performance, oversight of corporate legal matters, and other organizational excellence initiatives.

Ms. Van Trease achieved 100% of her 2023 personal annual priorities goals, consisting of M&A activities for 2023, land optimization, and support efforts that optimize the Company’s core performance.

The Annual Bonus amounts under the Cash Bonus Plan paid to each of the named executive officers are also listed in column (g) in the “Summary Compensation Table” in this Amendment.

20


Long-Term Incentive Compensation

2023 Long-Term Equity Incentives

•  The Company’s long-term incentive program encourages a long-term focus through the use of equity compensation, the value of which is dependent on the Company’s long-term financial performance as well as the performance of our common stock.

•  Each Company executive is granted a target value of long-term equity incentives, which is divided between two forms of equity vehicles. The numbers of shares granted to each NEO is equal to the target value of each vehicle divided by the closing share price of our common stock on the date of grant of ($104.26 on February 24, 2023).

•  In 2023, Company executives were awarded performance based restricted stock units (“PSUs”) and time-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”)

•  Approximately half of the executive’s long-term awards are in the form of PSUs contingent on the performance of three-year ROIC and revenue targets, emphasizing long-term financial performance.

•  The remaining half, consisting of time-based RSUs, support the retention of our management team and reward executives for sustained share price appreciation.

LOGO

Note: Mr. Hanna, our CEO, received 63% of his equity in 2023 in the form of PSUs, with the remaining 37% in the form of time-based RSUs, placing a majority of his equity compensation “at-risk”. Ms. Malek was hired on March 21, 2023, and was granted RSUs on March 31, 2023, with a grant date fair value of $400,300. She did not receive any PSUs in 2023.

2023 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Equity Grants

       Performance-Vested RSUs   Time-Vested RSUs 

Name

  Target LTI $   % of Target
LTI
  # of
Units
Granted
   $ Value   % of
Target
LTI
  # of
Units
Granted
   $ Value 

Joseph F. Hanna

  $2,700,000    63  16,310   $1,700,000    37  9,590   $1,000,000 

Keith E. Pratt

  $750,000    50  3,600   $375,000    50  3,600   $375,000 

Philip B. Hawkins

  $410,000    50  1,970   $205,000    50  1,970   $205,000 

Gilda Malek(1)

  $400,000    —    —     —     100  4,290   $400,000 

Kristina Van Trease

  $320,000    50  1,530   $160,000    50  1,530   $160,000 

(1)

Ms. Malek was hired in 2023. The target LTI dollar value and grants shown in the table above reflect the value of her new hire award. Ms. Malek’s annualized target LTI was $400,000.

Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (“PSUs”):

PSUs granted in 2023 are earned based upon achievement of a three-year corporate ROIC target (for corporate executive officers; division specific ROIC targets for divisional executive officers) and a revenue target, each weighed equally. Having each divisional officer’s performance tied directly comparableto his or her respective division’s performance allows for that officer to be measured with diminished influence, positive or negative, of any other division’s performance. With respect to the ROIC and revenue targets, the awards have a 50% payout for threshold achievement, 100% payouts for target achievement and 200% payouts for maximum achievement, with linear interpolation between performance levels. If performance is below threshold, no payout is delivered. The PSUs cliff vest following the completion of the three-year performance period, subject to continued service and achievement of the performance goals.

21


Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”):

The 2023 time-based RSUs vest in three annual installments over three years based on the continued service of the executive.

2021-2023 PSU Achievement

Name

  2021-2023
Actual
Performance
  2021-
2023

Target
PSUs
   2021-
2023

PSUs
Earned
 

Joseph F. Hanna

   200  8,020    16,040 

Keith E. Pratt

   200  3,050    6,100 

Philip B. Hawkins

   200  1,920    3,840 

Gilda Malek(1)

   —    —     —  

Kristina Van Trease(2)

   —    —     —  

(1)

Ms. Malek was hired on March 21, 2023 and did not receive 2021 PSUs.

(2)

Ms. Van Trease’s 2021 PSU awards were forfeited as a result of the Adler Tank Rentals divestiture on February 1, 2023.

Executive Officer Stock Ownership and Stock Holdback Guidelines

The Board of Directors believes that, in order to better align the interests of management and shareholders, executive officers should have a significant financial measures calculated(equity) stake in the Company. Each executive officer has a target level of Company Common Stock value to achieve within seven (7) years of his or her date of hire. The target level of Common Stock value to be achieved is a multiple of each executive officer’s base salary. The multiples of executive officer base salary are four (4) times for the Chief Executive Officer and presentedtwo (2) times for all other executive officer positions. In evaluating whether the Common Stock value ownership guideline has been met, all shares of Common Stock owned, in the McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan (“KSOP”) shares and 50% of the value (market price less strike price) of all vested unexercised stock options are considered. The Board of Directors evaluates whether exceptions should be made for any executive officer on whom this requirement would impose a financial hardship.

It is the Company’s policy that each executive officer has a 10% holdback provision for RSU equity grant settlements to facilitate earlier achievement of stock ownership under the Company’s stock ownership guidelines.

Equity Granting Policy

In 2007, the Board of Directors adopted an equity granting methodology whereby there is one annual equity grant date, which is the date when the blackout window opens after the year-end earnings are released. All designated non-employee directors, executive officers, and key employees are eligible to receive an equity grant on the annual equity grant date with an exercise price (for stock options or SARs) or grant price (for RSUs), equal to the NASDAQ Stock Market close price on that day. The Board of Directors may authorize the Chief Executive Officer an additional allotment of options or shares to be granted at his discretion to new hires and promotion candidates, other than executive officers, over the course of a given time frame, with the grant date and exercise or grant price based on the last trading day of each month of the employment event. This allotment is not available to executive officers, as all grants to executive officers must be made by the Compensation Committee.

Compensation Recoupment Policy

In 2011, the Board of Directors adopted a Compensation Recoupment Policy that applies to executive officers if the Company is required to restate its financial statements. The Board believes it is desirable and in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to maintain and enhance a culture that is focused on integrity and accountability and believes that this policy discourages conduct detrimental to the Company’s sustained growth. In 2023, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s Amended and Restated Compensation Recoupment Policy (the “Policy”) in accordance with GAAP.the NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards and Rule 10D-1 under the Exchange Act. The Policy requires any current or former executive officer, in the event of a financial restatement, to reimburse the Company with respect to any incentive compensation (including cash and equity awards) received during the past three years that is in excess of that which would have been received if such compensation had been based upon the financial statements as so restated. The Policy is posted on our website at www.mgrc.com under the Investors/Corporate Governance section.

ReconciliationRisk-Hedging Policies

Pursuant to the Company’s Insider Trading and Blackout Policy, officers and directors of Net Incomethe Company are prohibited from engaging in short-term or speculative securities transactions with respect to Adjusted EBITDAthe Company’s Common Stock. These prohibited transactions can have the effect of reducing or canceling the risk of an investment in the Common Stock, particularly in the short-term. These prohibited transactions may create the appearance that the executives are trading on inside information. Additionally, certain forms of hedging or monetization transactions allow a shareholder to lock in much of the value of his or her stock holdings, often in

22


exchange for all or part of the potential for upside appreciation in the stock. These transactions allow the holder to continue to own the covered securities but without full risks and rewards of ownership. Therefore, Company personnel are also specifically prohibited from engaging in short sales, hedging transactions, buying or selling puts or calls, buying any of the Company’s securities on margin, pledging transactions, and engaging in derivative transactions related to the Company’s securities (such as exchange-traded options). The Company’s Insider Trading Policy further provides that Company personnel who purchase or sell Company securities in the open market may not correspondingly sell or purchase any Company securities of the same class during the six months following the purchase. The Insider Trading Policy is posted on our website at www.mgrc.com under the Investors/Corporate Governance section.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

Executive officers are entitled to and eligible only for the same fringe benefits for which all of our employees are eligible. We do not have programs in place to provide personal perquisites for any employee. Our healthcare and other insurance programs, including the programs’ participation costs, are the same for all eligible employees, except that any executive officer employed with the Company for at least 10 years may remain on the Company’s health insurance policy after retiring from the Company, provided that such executive officer pays 100% of the premiums. Our annual matching contributions to the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan (“KSOP”), expressed as a percentage of eligible wages, up to a stated percentage of eligible wages (and any discretionary contributions that we may make to the KSOP, expressed as a percentage of eligible wages), are also the same for all eligible employees, including each named executive officer, subject to all applicable Internal Revenue Service contribution limits and formulas for plans of these types.

Change in Control Arrangements

The Merger Proxy Statement contains certain disclosures related to information about compensation including change in control arrangements for each Company NEO that is based on or otherwise relates to the Transaction and will or may become payable by the Company. This section should be read in conjunction with those sections of the Merger Proxy Statement.

The Company maintains a “Change in Control Severance Plan” for our CEO and CFO. The Change in Control Severance Plan as approved in 2013, contained an initial two-year term with no automatic renewal, though the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee has renewed it since that time and most recently made changes to the Plan in February 2022. The Compensation Committee adopted the Change in Control Severance Plan to help ensure appropriate behavior by individuals in key management roles in evaluating, presenting, and acting upon change in control opportunities involving the Company that may arise. The Compensation Committee believes that maintaining this Change in Control Severance Plan is in the best interests of shareholders in helping to ensure (a) the individuals in those management roles most likely to influence a change in control opportunity are appropriately incentivized to act in the best interests of shareholders; (b) continuity of management before and during an impending transaction, or the need for continuity in management after a change in control; and (c) the Company’s continuing ability to attract talented senior management members, as well as to avoid executives departing due to limited or no remuneration protections in the event of a change in control transaction. Further, the Compensation Committee believes that stable corporate leadership exhibiting the desired management behaviors is imperative for shareholders to be in a position to realize a favorable premium in the potential sale of the Company.

Under the Change in Control Severance Plan, each of Messrs. Hanna and Pratt is entitled to severance payments and termination benefits upon a termination of their employment that is a qualifying termination under the Change in Control Severance Plan. Under the Change in Control Severance Plan, if Messrs. Hanna’s or Pratt’s employment is terminated without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, subject to a release of claims, they are entitled to: (i) two times annual base salary; (ii) two times target bonus for the year of termination; (c) medical benefits under COBRA for up to 24 months for Mr. Hanna and 12 months for Mr. Pratt; (d) outplacement assistance in accordance with the applicable McGrath policies and guidelines in effect immediately prior to termination of employment; and (e) full acceleration and vesting of any and all equity awards. The Change in Control Severance Plan does not provide for a tax gross-up.

As discussed in the Merger Proxy Statement, the Merger Agreement provides that WillScot Mobile Mini will honor the Change in Control Severance Plan in accordance with its terms.

Involuntary Termination Severance Plan for Officers

The Compensation Committee established a formal Involuntary Termination Severance Plan for Officers (the “Severance Plan”) to address involuntary termination severance eligibility and payments for executive officer-level positions. The Compensation Committee believes that maintaining this Severance Plan is in the best interests of shareholders in helping to ensure the Company’s continuing ability to attract and retain talented senior executives. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, all of our NEOs have been selected by the Compensation Committee to be covered by the Severance Plan.

23


Under the Severance Plan, upon a termination by the Company without cause prior to a change in control or after 12 months following a change in control, subject to a release of claims, our NEOs are entitled to the following severance benefits: (a) for Messrs. Hanna and Pratt, a severance payment of up to the equivalent of 12 months of base salary, and for other NEOs, a severance payment of up to the equivalent of 6 months of base salary, (b) medical benefits under COBRA for up to 12 months, and (c) outplacement assistance in accordance with the applicable Company policies and guidelines in effect immediately prior to termination of employment. In the cases of Messrs. Hanna and Pratt, if they are eligible to receive severance benefits under the Change in Control Severance Plan, they would not also be eligible to receive severance benefits under the Severance Plan, but would instead receive the benefits described under Change in Control Severance Plan above.

Under the Severance Plan, upon a termination by the Company without cause or a resignation for good reason within 12 months after a change in control, subject to a release of claims, each NEO other than Messrs. Hanna and Pratt are entitled to receive (a) a severance payment of up to the equivalent of 6 months of base salary, (b) medical benefits under COBRA for up to 12 months, (c) full acceleration and vesting of any and all equity awards, and (d) outplacement assistance in accordance with the applicable Company policies and guidelines in effect immediately prior to termination of employment. The Severance Plan does not provide for a tax gross-up.

As discussed in the Merger Proxy Statement, the Merger Agreement provides that WillScot Mobile Mini will honor the Involuntary Termination Severance Plan in accordance with its terms. Subsequent to the execution of the Merger Agreement, WillScot Mobile Mini made commitments to the Company’s NEOs other than Mr. Hanna and Mr. Pratt in the form of two separate notification letters each dated March 4, 2024 and, in the case of Ms. Malek only, a third notification letter dated March 25, 2024 (together, the “Notification Letters”) that notify the NEOs that WillScot Mobile Mini anticipates continuing the individual’s employment following the Transaction close through at least March 31, 2025. The Notification Letters further provide that the NEOs who receives the letters will be eligible to receive a one-time grant of WillScot Mobile Mini performance-based restricted stock units (“WillScot PSUs”) in the amount of $250,000 (for Ms. Van Trease and Mr. Hawkins ) or $150,000 (for Ms. Malek) to be issued under the WillScot Mobile Mini Holdings Corp 2020 Incentive Award Plan, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of WillScot Mobile Mini, which WillScot PSUs will vest based on the achievement of certain performance criteria (which criteria is not stated in the letter) over a three-year period. The Notification Letters further state that if the NEO’s employment is terminated without cause within one year following the Transaction close, then all unvested WillScot PSUs will vest at target performance level. The Notification Letters further state that each NEO will receive, as part of his or her severance package, 12 months of base salary rather than 6 months of base salary, in the event of a qualifying termination within the first year following the closing of the transaction.

In addition, the Company’s annual cash bonus plan for executive officers generally provides that upon such executive officer’s termination of employment without cause or resignation for good reason, which occurs prior to the end of the plan term, such executive officer would receive a pro-rated bonus based on the number of days of employment prior to such termination for the plan year, with the bonus amount calculated based on full satisfaction of the target components under the plan. If an executive officer’s employment is terminated without cause or an executive officer resigns for good reason in the middle of a plan year, such executive officer would be entitled to a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination.

Acceleration Under Equity Plans

The Company’s existing equity compensation plans provide for full acceleration of equity awards upon a qualifying termination after a change in control for all employees of the Company.

The Company’s existing equity compensation plans also provide for full acceleration of equity awards in the event that the equity awards are not assumed or replaced in a change in control situation. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the award agreements, in the event that a change in control occurs before the applicable performance result is determined, all outstanding 2023 PSUs will become vested, assuming achievement of target performance, on a pro-rated basis based on the date of such change in control.

In addition, the covered employee shall enjoy any additional rights provided under the terms of an equity compensation award, including but not limited to the terms of the Company’s 2016 Stock Incentive Plan, 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, or any other Company equity plan. The Compensation Committee believes that providing this vesting acceleration assists us in attracting and retaining key employees, including our executives, and promotes stability and continuity of our key employees, which we believe is in the best interests of our shareholders. For details, see “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” in this Amendment.

As described in the Merger Proxy Statement, the Merger Agreement specifies the treatment of the Company’s outstanding equity awards in connection with the First-Step Merger, which will be treated as follows at the Effective Time as defined in the Merger Agreement:

(i)

WillScot Mobile Mini will assume the Company’s 2016 Stock Incentive Plan and the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan;

24


(ii)

each stock appreciation award covering shares of Company Common Stock (a “Company SAR”) that is outstanding, vested and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Effective Time will be cancelled and converted into a right to receive a cash payment equal to the excess of the Per Share Cash Consideration over the applicable exercise price per share of such Company SAR;

(iii)

each restricted stock unit award covering shares of Company Common Stock (a “Company RSU Award”) that is outstanding and unvested as of immediately prior to the Effective Time will be assumed by Parent (each, a “Substitute RSU Award”), with each Substitute RSU Award being subject to the same terms and conditions as applied to the Company RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, except that the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to each Substitute RSU Award will be equal to (A) the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to the Company RSU Award immediately prior to the Effective Time, multiplied by (B) the Exchange Ratio (with the resulting number rounded up to the nearest whole share);

(iv)

each Company RSU Award that is outstanding and vested as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (taking into account any acceleration or vesting as a result of the consummation of the Integrated Mergers), will be cancelled and converted into a right to receive the Merger Consideration, with 60% of the shares of Company Common Stock underlying such Company RSU Award converted into Per Share Cash Consideration and 40% of the Company Common Stock underlying such Company RSU Award converted into Per Share Stock Consideration;

(v)

each outstanding performance-based restricted stock unit award covering shares of Company Common Stock (a “Company PSU Award”) granted during the 2022 calendar year will accelerate and be cancelled and converted into a right to receive the Merger Consideration, with such conversion based on the number of restricted stock units deemed earned based on the Board’s good faith best estimate of projected actual performance through the end of the performance period (the “Deemed Earned Units”) and 60% of the Deemed Earned Units converted into Per Share Cash Consideration and 40% of the Deemed Earned Units converted into Per Share Stock Consideration; and

(vi)

each Company PSU Award granted during the 2023 calendar year will accelerate and be cancelled and converted into a right to receive the Merger Consideration, with such conversion based on the number of restricted stock units that would vest if target performance was achieved and pro-rated based on the number of days elapsed between the grant date and the Effective Time and 60% of the vesting restricted stock units converted into Per Share Cash Consideration and 40% of the vesting restricted stock units converted into Per Share Stock Consideration.

As described in the Merger Proxy Statement, under the Company’s 2016 Stock Incentive Plan and 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, the Substitute RSU Awards are subject to full accelerated vesting if the holder’s employment or service is terminated by WillScot Mobile Mini without cause within 12 months after the First-Step Merger.

Tax and Accounting Implications

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Code generally limits our corporate tax deduction for compensation paid to certain executive officers to $1 million per year. Prior to December 22, 2017, when the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“TCJA”) was signed into law, this limitation did not apply to compensation that qualified as “performance-based” compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. Under the TCJA, this “performance-based” exception was repealed for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, except with respect to certain “grandfathered” compensation.

The Compensation Committee intends to maximize our ability to deduct executive compensation for tax purposes to the extent structuring our executive compensation for tax purposes is in alignment with our compensation philosophy. The Compensation Committee nonetheless reserves the right to use its judgment to authorize compensation payments that may not be deductible when the committee believes that such payments are appropriate and in the best interests of our shareholders, after taking into account changing business conditions or the executive officer’s performance.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We accrue our named executive officers’ salaries and incentive awards as an expense when earned. For our stock-based compensation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), requires us to recognize compensation expense within our income statement for all share-based payment arrangements, which includes employee stock option plans. The expense is based on the grant-date fair value of the equity award granted and is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. The Compensation Committee considers the expense of equity awards as part of its overall evaluation of our equity compensation program.

25


Compensation Policies and Practices and Risk Management

The Compensation Committee considers potential risks when reviewing and approving the compensation programs for our executive officers and other employees. We have designed our compensation programs, including our incentive compensation plans, with specific features to address potential risks while rewarding employees for achieving long-term financial and strategic objectives through prudent business judgment and appropriate risk-taking. The following elements have been incorporated in our programs available for our executive officers:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net income

 

$

89,705

 

 

$

101,984

 

 

$

96,806

 

 

$

79,406

 

 

$

153,920

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

32,051

 

 

 

30,060

 

 

 

32,319

 

 

 

25,289

 

 

 

(70,468

)

Interest expense

 

 

10,455

 

 

 

8,787

 

 

 

12,331

 

 

 

12,297

 

 

 

11,622

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

106,695

 

 

 

94,643

 

 

 

89,476

 

 

 

81,975

 

 

 

78,416

 

EBITDA

 

 

238,906

 

 

 

235,474

 

 

 

230,932

 

 

 

198,967

 

 

 

173,490

 

Impairment of rental assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

1,639

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

7,666

 

 

 

5,549

 

 

 

5,892

 

 

 

4,111

 

 

 

3,198

 

Adjusted EBITDA 1

 

$

246,572

 

 

$

241,023

 

 

$

236,824

 

 

$

203,117

 

 

$

178,327

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin 2

 

 

40

%

 

 

42

%

 

 

42

%

 

 

41

%

 

 

39

%

A Balanced Mix of Compensation Components—The target compensation mix for our executive officers is composed of base salary, annual cash bonus incentives, and long-term equity awards.

 

-47-Multiple Performance Factors—Our incentive compensation plans use both company-wide metrics and individual annual priorities, which encourage a focus on the achievement of objectives for the overall benefit of the Company.


 

ReconciliationDifferent Performance Metrics—We generally use different performance metrics between our cash bonus and performance RSU programs, providing a balance and mitigating against the potential for undue risk in meeting a single goal.

Realistic Performance Goals—Financial performance goals in our performance-based incentive plans are set at levels that are intended to be attainable without the need to take inappropriate risks.

Capped Incentive Awards—Payouts for both the annual cash bonus incentive awards and our performance RSUs are capped for our executive officers.

Stock Ownership Guidelines—Our stock ownership guidelines align the interests of Adjusted EBITDAour executive officers with preservation and appreciation of stockholder value over time.

Multi-Year Vesting—Equity awards vest over multiple years, requiring long-term commitment on the part of employees.

Competitive Positioning—The Compensation Committee considers our executive compensation program structure and levels relative to Net Cash Providedour peers. The Compensation Committee generally targets total compensation to be in a market competitive range relative to our peer group and compensation survey data.

Corporate Governance Programs—We have implemented corporate governance guidelines, a code of conduct, a compensation recoupment policy, and other corporate governance measures and internal controls.

The Compensation Committee also reviews the key design elements of our compensation programs in relation to industry practices, as well as the means by Operating Activitieswhich any potential risks may be mitigated, such as through our internal controls and oversight by management and the board. As a result of this review, the CompensationCommittee concluded that, based on a combination of factors, our compensation policies and practices do not incentivize excessive risk-taking that could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Compensation Committee Report

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of the Company’s previous filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act, that might incorporate future filings, including this Amendment, with the SEC, in whole or in part, the following report shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any such filings, nor shall the following report be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, unless specifically stated to be incorporated by reference therein.

The Compensation Committee of the Company has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Amendment.

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Adjusted EBITDA 1

 

$

246,572

 

 

$

241,023

 

 

$

236,824

 

 

$

203,117

 

 

$

178,327

 

Interest paid

 

 

(10,326

)

 

 

(9,050

)

 

 

(12,475

)

 

 

(12,598

)

 

 

(11,825

)

Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

 

 

(9,087

)

 

 

(34,903

)

 

 

(17,528

)

 

 

(18,157

)

 

 

(29,504

)

Gain on sale of used rental equipment

 

 

(25,441

)

 

 

(19,329

)

 

 

(21,309

)

 

 

(19,559

)

 

 

(17,733

)

Foreign currency exchange loss (gain)

 

 

210

 

 

 

(78

)

 

 

(84

)

 

 

489

 

 

 

(334

)

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

15

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

50

 

Change in certain assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(23,946

)

 

 

4,783

 

 

 

(6,310

)

 

 

(15,144

)

 

 

(8,995

)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(6,816

)

 

 

3,807

 

 

 

(13,530

)

 

 

(9,351

)

 

 

3,124

 

Accounts payable and other liabilities

 

 

15,481

 

 

 

3,229

 

 

 

17,257

 

 

 

3,592

 

 

 

7,559

 

Deferred income

 

 

9,082

 

 

 

(8,989

)

 

 

5,138

 

 

 

10,258

 

 

 

1,720

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

195,744

 

 

$

180,504

 

 

$

187,994

 

 

$

142,667

 

 

$

122,389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash impairment costs and share-based compensation.Submitted by the Compensation Committee:

Kimberly A. Box, Chair

2Nicolas C. Anderson

Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues for the period.William J. Dawson

Elizabeth A. Fetter

Bradley M. Shuster

Adjusted EBITDA

26


Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation earned during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, by each of our named executive officers.

Summary Compensation Table(1)

(a)  (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f)   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j) 

Name and Principal Position

  Year   Salary ($ )   Bonus
($)
   Stock
Awards
($)(2)
   Option
Awards
($)(2)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan

Compensation
($)(3)
   Nonqualified
Deferred

Compensation
Earnings ($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
   Total ($) 

Joseph F. Hanna

   2023   $800,000    —    $2,700,334    —    $1,130,600    —    $140,964   $4,771,898 

President and Chief
Executive Officer

   2022   $700,000    —    $1,350,376    —    $965,913    —    $104,878   $3,121,167 
   2021   $663,344    —    $1,875,010    —    $580,509    —    $142,817   $3,261,680 

Keith E. Pratt

Executive Vice President,

                  

 Chief Financial
Officer and Assistant
Corporate Secretary

   2023   $500,000    —    $750,672    —    $426,900    —    $61,931   $1,739,503 
   2022   $480,000    —    $524,876    —    $385,248    —    $43,993   $1,434,117 
   2021   $465,619    —    $523,045    —    $256,742    —    $70,621   $1,316,027 

Philip B. Hawkins

                  

Senior Vice President and
Division
Manager, Mobile Modular

   2023   $380,000    —    $410,784    —    $363,546    —    $43,613   $1,197,943 
   2022   $350,000    —    $325,000    —    $209,167    —    $30,999   $915,166 
   2021   $317,723    —    $366,677    —    $165,180    —    $48,228   $897,808 

Gilda Malek(5)

                  

Vice President, General
Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

   2023   $313,425    —    $400,300    —    $233,823    —     —    $947,548 
   2022    —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —  
   2021    —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Kristina Van Trease

   2023   $330,000    —    $479,596    —    $281,754    —    $23,650   $1,115,000 

Senior Vice President,
Chief Strategy Officer

   2022   $316,000    —    $255,126    —    $258,749    —    $27,518   $857,393 
   2021   $286,893    —    $228,082    —    $131,259    —    $27,586   $673,820 

(1)

Amounts disclosed in this and other tables may minimally vary from amounts presented within the CD&A narrative due to rounding to the nearest dollar for tabular purposes.

(2)

The amounts in columns (e) and (f) reflect the aggregate grant date fair value amounts, in accordance with ASC the 718, of awards granted pursuant to the 2016 Plan. RSUs were granted to our NEOs on February 24, 2023, with a grant date fair value of $999,853 for Mr. Hanna; $375,336 for Mr. Pratt; $205,392 for Mr. Hawkins; and $320,078 for Ms. Van Trease. Ms. Malek was hired on March 21, 2023, and was granted RSUs on March 31, 2023, with a grant date fair value of $400,300. The grant date fair value of each RSU granted to the NEOs, except for Ms. Malek, is equal to the closing share price of our common stock on the date of grant of $104.26. The grant date fair value of the RSUs granted to Ms. Malek is equal to the closing share price of our common stock on the grant date of March 31, 2023, of $93.31. The PSUs were granted to our NEOs on February 24, 2023, with a grant date fair value of $1,700,481 for Mr. Hanna; $375,336 for Mr. Pratt; $205,392 for Mr. Hawkins; and $159,518 for Ms. Van Trease, based on target level of performance. Ms. Malek did not receive PSUs in 2023. If the maximum level of performance were achieved, each NEO would earn 200% of the target number of PSUs awarded. Based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date, the maximum value of the PSUs awarded to each NEO is as follows: Mr. Hanna— $3,400,961; Mr. Pratt — $750,672; Mr. Hawkins — $410,784; and Ms. Van Trease — $319,036. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in the notes of the Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, included in the 2023 Annual Report. These amounts reflect the Company’s accounting expense and do not correspond to the actual value that may be realized by the named executive officers.

(3)

The amounts in column (g) reflect amounts earned by the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and paid in 2024 pursuant to the Cash Bonus Plan. See “Non-Equity Performance-Based Incentive Plan Compensation” in this Amendment for additional detail.

27


(4)

The amounts in column (i) reflect the cash contributions allocated to each named executive officer pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan and dividend equivalent payouts for vested RSUs and PSUs that were not factored into the grant date fair values of such RSUs and PSUs. The table below details the amounts paid to each named executive officer.

(5)

Ms. Malek was hired by the Company effective March 21, 2023.

Name

  Year   Employee
Stock
Ownership
and
401(k) Plan
Cash
Contribution
($)
   RSU and PSU
Dividend
Payments
($)
   Total
($)
 

Joseph F. Hanna

   2023   $13,200   $127,764   $140,964 
   2022   $12,200   $92,678   $104,878 
   2021   $11,600   $131,217   $142,817 

Keith E. Pratt

   2023   $13,200   $48,731   $61,931 
   2022   $12,200   $31,793   $70,621 
   2021   $11,600   $59,021   $73,929 

Philip B. Hawkins

   2023   $13,200   $30,413   $43,613 
   2022   $12,200   $18,799   $30,999 
   2021   $11,600   $36,628   $48,228 

Gilda Malek

   2023    —     —     —  
   2022    —     —     —  
   2021    —     —     —  

Kristina Van Trease

   2023   $13,200   $10,450   $23,650 
   2022   $12,200   $15,318   $27,518 
   2021   $11,600   $15,986   $27,586 

28


2023 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

       Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
   Estimated Future Payouts
Under
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (2)
   All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#) (3)
   All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
   Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
   Grant
Date
Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards
(4)
 

Name

  Grant
Date
   Threshold
($)
   Target
($)
   Maximum
($)
   Threshold
(#)
   Target
(#)
   Maximum
(#)
   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Joseph F. Hanna

    $500,000   $800,000   $1,400,000    —     —     —     —     —     —     —  
   2/24/2023    —     —     —     8,155    16,310    32,620    9,590    —     —    $2,700,334 

Keith E. Pratt

    $187,500   $300,000   $525,000    —     —     —     —     —     —     —  
   2/24/2023    —     —     —     1,800    3,600    7,200    3,600    —     —    $750,672 

Philip B. Hawkins

    $142,500   $228,000   $399,000    —     —     —     —     —     —     —  
   2/24/2023    —     —     —     985    1970    3,940    1,970    —     —    $410,784 

Gilda Malek

    $125,000   $200,000   $350,000    —     —     —     —     —     —     —  
   3/31/2023    —     —     —     —     —     —     4,290    —     —    $400,300 

Kristina Van Trease

    $123,750   $198,000   $346,500    —     —     —     —     —     —     —  
   2/24/2023          765    1,530    3,060    1,530       
   2/24/2023    —     —     —           1,540    —     —    $479,596 

(1)

The amounts listed in these columns reflect the threshold, target and maximum amounts payable to the named executive officers pursuant to the Cash Bonus Plan. See “Non-Equity Performance-Based Incentive Plan Compensation” for additional detail. The threshold assumptions assume achieving 90% of the profitability target and no achievement of the personal annual priorities.

(2)

Each named executive officer received a grant of PSUs which are subject to a performance-based vesting component at the end of a three-year performance period, except for Ms. Malek, who did not receive any performance-based RSUs for 2023. Unless earlier forfeited under the terms of the PSUs, each PSU vests and converts into no less than 50% and no more than 200% of one share of Common Stock. The PSUs vest 100% at the end of the three-year performance period if the performance goal is satisfied.

(3)

On February 24, 2023, each named executive officer, except for Ms. Malek, who received her grant on March 31, 2023, received a grant of time-based RSUs that vest 33% on each anniversary of the grant date until fully vested. Each unit represents a right to receive one share of Common Stock or an amount equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock underlying the unit on the vesting date. Ms. Van Trease received an additional time-based RSU grant on February 24, 2023 of 1,540 shares to replace the February 25, 2021 PSU grant that was forfeited due to the sale of Adler Tank Rentals on February 1, 2023.

(4)

The amounts listed in this column reflect the maximum amount payable to the named executive officers under the terms of the PSUs. Each PSU vests and converts into no less than 50% and no more than 200% of one share of the Company’s common stock amounts payable to the named executive officers. The amounts in the table above reflect the probable performance outcome of a maximum payout of 200%. See “Long-Term Incentive Compensation” for additional detail.

29


2023 OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

   Option Awards   Stock Awards 
   Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
   Number
of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
   Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)
   Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   Option
Expiration
Date
   Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
  Market
Value of
Shares
or
Units of
Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
   Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested
(#)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
($)
 
   Exercisable   Unexercisable                           

Joseph F. Hanna

   —     —     —     —     —     2,674(1)  $319,864    8,310(4)  $994,042 
             16,040(2)  $1,918,705    16,310(6)  $1,951,002 
             5,541(3)  $662,814    
             9,590(5)  $1,147,156    

Keith E. Pratt

   —     —     —     —     —     1,017(1)  $121,654    3,230(4)  $386,373 
             6,100(2)  $729,682    3,600(6)  $430,632 
             2,154(3)  $257,661    
             3,600(5)  $430,632    

Philip B. Hawkins

   —     —     —     —     —     641(1)  $76,676    2,000(4)  $239,240 
             3,840(2)  $459,341    1,970(6)  $235,651 
             1,334(3)  $159,573    
             1,970(5)  $235,651    

Gilda Malek

   —     —     —     —     —     4,290(5)  $513,170    —    —  

Kristina Van Trease

   —     —     —     —     —     514(1)  $61,485    1,570(4)  $187,803 
             1,047(3)  $125,242    1,530(6)  $183,019 
             1,530(5)  $183,019    
             1,540(7)  $184,215    

(1)

Represents RSUs granted on February 25, 2021, with 33% vesting on the first annual anniversary of the grant; 33% vesting on the second annual anniversary of the grant; and 34% vesting on the third annual anniversary of the grant. Each RSU represents a right to receive one share of common stock or an amount equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock underlying the unit on the vesting date, with vesting dates of 2/25/22, 2/25/23, and 2/25/24.

30


(2)

Represents PSUs granted on February 25, 2021, which have been earned at 200% of target as a result of achieving the performance conditions at maximum level during the three-year performance period ending on December 31, 2023, which PSUs remained subject to time-based vesting conditions and vested on February 25, 2024.

(3)

Represents RSUs granted on February 25, 2022, with 33% vesting on the first annual anniversary of the grant; 33% vesting on the second annual anniversary of the grant; and 34% vesting on the third annual anniversary of the grant. Each RSU represents a right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock or an amount equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock underlying the unit on the vesting date, with vesting dates of 2/25/23, 2/25/24, and 2/25/25.

(4)

Represents PSUs granted on February 25, 2022 that are subject to a performance-based vesting component at the end of a three-year performance period. Unless earlier forfeited under the terms of the PSUs, each PSU vests and converts into no less than 50% and no more than 200% of one share of the Company’s common stock. The PSUs vest 100% at the end of the three-year performance period if the performance goal is satisfied, with a vesting date of 2/25/25.

(5)

Represents RSUs granted on February 24, 2023, with 33% vesting on the first annual anniversary of the grant; 33% vesting on the second annual anniversary of the grant; and 34% vesting on the third annual anniversary of the grant. Each RSU represents a right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock or an amount equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock underlying the unit on the vesting date, with vesting dates of 2/24/24, 2/24/25, and 2/24/26. Except for Ms. Malek who received her RSU grant on March 31, 2023 with vesting dates of 3/31/24, 3/31/25, and 3/31/26.

(6)

Represents PSUs granted on February 24, 2023 that are subject to a performance-based vesting component at the end of a three-year performance period. Unless earlier forfeited under the terms of the PSUs, each PSU vests and converts into no less than 50% and no more than 200% of one share of the Company’s common stock. The PSUs vest 100% at the end of the three-year performance period if the performance goal is satisfied, with a vesting date of 2/24/26.

(7)

Represents RSUs granted on February 24, 2023, 100% of which vest on the first annual anniversary of the grant. Each RSU represents a right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock or an amount equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock underlying the unit on the vesting date, with a vesting date of 2/24/24.

2023 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

   Option Awards   Stock Awards 

Name

  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
   Value
Realized
on Exercise
($) (1)
   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
   Value
Realized
on Vesting
($)
 

Joseph F. Hanna

   56,000   $3,721,760    22,268   $2,269,191 

Keith E. Pratt

   16,000   $1,058,880    7,160   $729,404 

Philip B. Hawkins

   5,280   $351,067    4,259   $433,991 

Gilda Malek

   —    $—     —    $—  

Kristina Van Trease

   5,845   $373,729    3,458   $352,317 

(1)

The “value realized on exercise” represents the number of shares of Common Stock acquired on exercise of the applicable option multiplied by the NASDAQ Stock Market close price of our Common Stock on the applicable date of exercise, less the number of shares of the Company’s common stock acquired on exercise of the option multiplied by the exercise price of the option.

31


Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information regarding our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2023:

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

Plan Category

  Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise
of outstanding
options,
warrants and rights
   Weighted-
average
exercise price
of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
   Number of securities
remaining available
for
future issuance under
equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a))
 
   (a)   (b)   (c) 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   240   $34.57    1,123,946 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —    $—     —  

Total

   240   $34.57    1,123,946 

Our 2016 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by shareholders and has been filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

Pursuant to the terms of the 2023 PSU award agreements, in the event of a change in control, if such change in control occurs prior to the end of the three-year performance period, a prorated portion of the 2023 PSUs will vest assuming target performance is achieved, with the prorated portion determined based on the number of days elapsed between the grant date and the change in control. Assuming a change in control occurs on December 31, 2023, based on a closing NASDAQ Stock Market price of $119.62 per share on December 29, 2023, the value of the 2023 PSUs that each NEO would be entitled to is as follows: 4,617 shares or $552,328 for Mr. Hanna; 1,019 shares or $121,911 for Mr. Pratt; 557 shares or $66,712 for Mr. Hawkins; 433 shares or $51,812 for Ms. Van Trease; and $0 for Ms. Malek, who was hired on March 21, 2023 and was not granted PSUs in 2023. The acceleration and prorated vesting of a portion of the 2023 PSUs occurs on a change in control and is not contingent on an NEO’s termination of employment.

Under the terms of our Cash Bonus Plan, the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan and related equity award agreements and KSOP, as well as our Change in Control Severance Plan and Involuntary Termination Severance Plan for Officers, payments may be made to each of our named executive officers upon his or her termination of employment or a change in control (as defined in each plan) of the Company. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” for a description of, and an explanation of, the specific circumstances that would trigger payments under each plan, agreement, or policy.

The Merger Proxy Statement contains certain disclosures also related to information about potential payments upon a termination or change in control, including a table setting forth compensation that is based on an assumption that the Transaction occurs, and which materially differs from the information and payments detailed in the following table. The following table sets forth the estimated payments that would be made to each of our named executive officers upon voluntary termination, including termination for good reason, termination not for cause, termination for cause, termination in connection with a change in control, and termination due to death or permanent disability that is in no way related to the Transaction or the specific circumstances surrounding the Transaction. The payments would be made pursuant to the plans, agreements, or Company policies identified in preceding paragraph. The information set forth in the table below assumes the termination event occurred on December 31, 2023. This section should be read in conjunction with the section of the Merger Proxy Statement covering Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control. 

32


The actual amounts to be paid out can only be determined at the time of an executive’s separation from the Company and may differ materially from the amounts set forth in the table below. The amounts set forth in the table below do not reflect the withholding of applicable state and federal taxes.

Name

  Voluntary
Resignation
for Good
Reason

($)
   Involuntary Termination   Termination
Without Cause
or Resignation for
Good Reason &
Change in Control

(3)
($)
   Retirement, Death,
Permanent
Disability, or
Resignation
Without Good
Reason

($)
 
       Without Cause (1)
($)
   For
Cause

($)
         

Joseph F. Hanna

          

Non-Equity Incentive Plan

   800,000    800,000    0    800,000    0 

Accelerated Awards Under Equity Incentive Plans (2)

   0    0    0    4,635,567    0 

Cash Severance

   0    800,000    0    3,200,000    0 

Continuation of Medical Benefits Under COBRA
(present value)

   0    22,354    0    44,708    0 

Reasonable Outplacement Assistance

   0    15,000    0    15,000    0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   800,000    1,637,354    0    8,695,275    0 

Keith E. Pratt

          

Non-Equity Incentive Plan

   300,000    300,000   $0    300,000    0 

Accelerated Awards Under Equity Incentive Plans (2)

   0    0    0    1,683,075    0 

Cash Severance

   0    500,000    0    1,600,000    0 

Continuation of Medical Benefits Under COBRA
(present value)

   0    34,088    0    34,088    0 

Reasonable Outplacement Assistance

   0    15,000    0    15,000    0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   300,000    849,088    0   $3,632,163    0 

Philip B. Hawkins

          

Non-Equity Incentive Plan

  $228,000   $228,000    0    228,000    0 

Accelerated Awards Under Equity Incentive Plans (2)

   0    0    0    1,007,525    0 

Cash Severance

   0    190,000    0    190,000    0 

Continuation of Medical Benefits Under COBRA
(present value)

   0    31,922    0    31,922    0 

Reasonable Outplacement Assistance

   0    7,500    0    7,500    0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   228,000    457,422    0   $1,464,947    0 

Gilda Malek

          

Non-Equity Incentive Plan

  $200,000    200,000    0   $200,000    0 

Accelerated Awards Under Equity Incentive Plans (2)

   0    0    0    513,170    0 

Cash Severance

   0    200,000    0    200,000    0 

Continuation of Medical Benefits Under COBRA
(present value)

   0    21,427    0    21,427    0 

Reasonable Outplacement Assistance

   0    7,500    0    7,500    0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   200,000    428,927    0   $942,097    0 

Kristina Van Trease

          

Non-Equity Incentive Plan

  $198,000    198,000    0   $198,000    0 

Accelerated Awards Under Equity Incentive Plans (2)

   0    0    0    793,577    0 

Cash Severance

   0    165,000    0    165,000    0 

Continuation of Medical Benefits Under COBRA
(present value)

   0    —     0    —     0 

Reasonable Outplacement Assistance

   0    7,500    0    7,500    0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   198,000    370,500    0    1,164,077    0 

(1)

Represents the severance payments and benefits that the NEOs would be entitled to if a termination without cause occurs prior to or after 12 months following a change in control under the Severance Plan including (i) one year of base salary for Messrs. Hanna and Pratt and six months of base salary for Mr. Hawkins and Mses. Malek and Van Trease, (ii) 12 months of COBRA coverage payable to the NEOs (and the NEO’s spouse and dependents, as applicable) and (iii) reasonable outplacement assistance. In addition, upon a termination without cause, under the 2023 Cash Bonsu Plan, each NEO would be entitled to payment of the target bonus amount pro-rated based on the date of termination. There would not be any acceleration of equity awards if a termination without cause occurs prior to or after 12 months following a change in control.

33


(2)

Assumes termination on the last day of the calendar year, with a closing NASDAQ Stock Market price of $119.62 per share on December 29, 2023. Under the Change in Control Severance Plan and the Severance Plan, as applicable, if a termination of employment without cause or a resignation for good reason within 12 months of a change in control of the Company, all unvested equity awards held by the NEOs would become fully vested. In addition, the award agreements for PSUs granted in 2023 provide for prorated vesting assuming target level of performance based on the number of days elapsed between the grant date and a change in control. For the 2023 PSUs only, the prorated vesting of a portion of the PSUs occurs on a change in control and is not contingent on an NEO’s termination of employment. For each NEO, the amount included represents (i) the value of 100% of their unvested RSUs, (ii) the value of 100% of their unvested 2021 PSUs and 2022 PSUs assuming performance is achieved at target level and (iii) the value of their 2023 PSUs assuming target performance and pro-rated based on the number of days elapsed between the grant date and December 31, 2023. As described in the Merger Proxy Statement, the Merger Agreement specifies the treatment of the Company’s outstanding equity awards in connection with the First-Step Merger, which is different from that described in this footnote, see “Acceleration Under Equity Plans” section of this Amendment for a description of how the Company’s outstanding equity awards will be treated in connection with the Transaction.

(3)

Represents the severance payments and benefits that the NEOs would be entitled to under the Change in Control Severance Plan and the Severance Plan, as applicable, if a termination of employment without cause or a resignation for good reason within 12 months of a change in control of the Company, including (i) for Messrs. Hanna and Pratt, an amount equal to two times the sum of their annual base salary and annual target bonus for the year of termination, and for Mses. Malek and Van Trease and Mr. Hawkins, an amount equal to 6 months of their annual base salary, (ii) 24 months COBRA coverage payable to the CEOs and 12 months of COBRA coverage payable to other NEOs (and the NEO’s spouse and dependents, as applicable), (iii) reasonable outplacement assistance and (iv) full acceleration and vesting of all equity awards. In addition, upon a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason, under the 2023 Cash Bonsu Plan, each NEO would be entitled to payment of the target bonus amount pro-rated based on the date of termination.

CEO Compensation Pay Ratio

We believe our executive compensation program must be internally consistent and equitable to motivate our employees to create shareholder value. We monitor the relationship between the compensation of our executive officers and the compensation of our non-managerial employees. For 2023, the total compensation of Joseph F. Hanna, our President and Chief Executive Officer, of $4,579,698, as shown in the “Summary Compensation Table” above, (the “CEO Compensation”), was approximately 66 times the total compensation of a median employee of $69,099, calculated in the same manner.

Our CEO to median employee pay ratio is calculated in accordance with the SEC’s rules pursuant to Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K. We identified the median employee by examining the 2023 total cash compensation for all individuals, excluding our CEO, who were employed by us on December 31, 2023, the last day of our payroll year. We included all employees, whether employed on a full-time, part-time or seasonal basis. We did not make any assumptions, adjustments or estimates with respect to total cash compensation, and we did not annualize the compensation for any full-time employees that were not employed by us for all of 2023. We believe the use of total cash compensation for all employees is a componentconsistently applied compensation measure because we do not widely distribute annual equity awards to employees.

34


Treatment of two restrictive financial covenantsCertain Compensation Elements Upon Termination

Executive Severance Policy. We do not have employment agreements. The Compensation Committee has, however, established terms and conditions to address involuntary termination severance benefits for executive officer-level positions in connection with a change in control of the Company or otherwise. For details, see both the “Change of Control Severance Plan” and “Involuntary Termination Severance Plan for Officers” discussions within the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section of this Amendment.

Retirement Plan. All employees who participate in our KSOP are entitled to their vested amounts upon termination of their employment.

Health and Welfare Benefit and Executive Benefits and Perquisites Continuation. An executive officer is not entitled to any continuation of his or her health and welfare benefits, executive benefits, or perquisites (other than pursuant to COBRA) following the termination of his or her employment, except that any executive officer employed with the Company for at least 10 years may remain on the Company’s health insurance policy after he or she retires from the Company, provided he or she pays 100% of the premiums.

Long-Term Incentives. Except in the circumstances discussed above, an executive officer forfeits his or her stock options or unvested shares of restricted stock upon termination of employment,and is not entitled to any continuation of vesting or acceleration of vesting with respect to his or her options or unvested restricted stock awards. The executive would be, however, entitled to exercise any vested options for a period of 90 days after termination and is entitled to continue to hold his or her shares of restricted stock that had previously vested (in the same manner as any other employee of the Company). In the event of a qualifying termination following a change in control, an executive officer is entitled to the acceleration of vesting with respect to all of his or her equity awards, consistent with the Change in Control arrangements described above.

Pay Versus Performance

In accordance with rules adopted by the SEC, we provide the following disclosure regarding executive Compensation Actually Paid (“CAP”) (as calculated in accordance with SEC rules) and certain Company performance for the Company’s unsecured Credit Facility,fiscal years listed below. See “Executive Compensation” in this Amendment for a complete description of how executive compensation relates to Company performance and how the Note Purchase Agreement, Series C Senior Notes, Series D Senior Notes and Series E Senior Notes (as defined and more fully described under the heading “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources”).  These instruments contain financial covenants requiring the Company to not:Compensation Committee makes its decisions.

                   Year-end value of
$100 invested on
12/31/2019 in:
         

Year

  Summary
Compensation
Table Total
for Joseph
Hanna
$
   Compensation
Actually Paid
to Joseph
Hanna(1)(2)(3)
$
   Average
Summary
Compensation
Table Total
for Non-CEO
NEOs(4)
$
   Average
Compensation
Actually Paid
to Non-CEO
NEOs(1)(2)(3)(4)
$
   MGRC
$
   S&P 500
Industrials
Index
$
   Net
Income
(in
millions)
$
   Pre-Tax
Income
(in
millions)
$
 

2023

   4,771,898    8,501,597    1,249,999    1,755,679    171.19    165.61    174.6    151.2 

2022

   3,121,167    4,871,184    1,029,825    1,480,971    138.60    126.96    115.1    150.0 

2021

   3,261,680    4,386,308    969,855    1,277,750    110.16    157.53    89.7    121.8 

2020

   2,668,399    1,108,518    857,107    360,892    90.05    123.17    102.0    132.0 

(1)

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as definedDeductions from, and additions to, total compensation in the Credit Facility and“Summary Compensation Table” by year to calculate CAP include:

   2023
Joseph
Hanna
   Average Non-CEO
NEOs
 

Total Compensation from Summary Compensation Table

  $4,771,898   $1,249,999 

Adjustments for Pension

    

Adjustment Summary Compensation Table Pension

  $—    $—  

Amount added for current year service cost

  $—    $—  

Amount added for prior service cost impacting current year

  $—    $—  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjustments for Pension

  $—    $—  

35


Adjustments for Equity Awards

    

Adjustment for grant date values in the Summary Compensation Table

  $2,700,334   $510,338 

Year-end fair value of unvested awards granted in the current year

  $4,600,430   $762,488 

Year-over-year difference of year-end fair values for unvested awards granted in prior years

  $969,825   $169,598 

Fair values at vest date for awards granted and vested in current year

  $—    $—  

Difference in fair values between prior year-end fair values and vest date fair values for awards granted in prior years

  $709,030   $89,940 

Forfeitures during current year equal to prior year-end fair value

  $—    $34,213 

Dividends or dividend equivalents not otherwise included in total compensation

  $150,748   $28,206 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Adjustments for Equity Awards

  $6,430,033   $1,016,018 

Compensation Actually Paid (as calculated)

  $8,501,597  $1,755,679 

(2)

The assumptions used in calculating the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined and more fully described underfair value of the heading “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysisequity awards did not differ in any material respect from the assumptions used to calculate the grant date fair value of Financial Condition and Results of Operation - Liquidity and Capital Resources” in this MD&A)) of Adjusted EBITDA (as definedthe awards as reported in the Credit Facility and the Note Purchase Agreement) to fixed chargesSummary Compensation Table, except that as of the end of any fiscal quarter2023, the fair value calculations of the PSUs granted in 2021 and 2022 assumed a payout at maximum, and the PSUs granted in 2023 assumed a payout between target and maximum, in each case as compared to be less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 4.08 to 1.grant date fair value calculations which assumed a payout at target.

(3)

Non-CEO

Permit NEOs reflect the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt (as defined inaverage “Summary Compensation Table” total compensation and average CAP for the Credit Facility and the Note Purchase Agreement) to Adjusted EBITDA at any time during any period of four consecutive quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 1.73 to 1.following executives by year:

At December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with each of these aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, though, significant deterioration in our financial performance could impact the Company's ability to comply with these covenants.2023: Pratt, Keith; Hawkins, Philip; Malek, Gilda; Van Trease, Kristina

2022: Pratt, Keith; Hawkins, Philip; Craft, Melodie; Van Trease, Kristina

-48-


2021: Pratt, Keith; Hawkins, Philip; Lieffrig, John; Craft, Melodie

Liquidity and Capital Resources2020: Pratt, Keith; Hawkins, Philip; Craft, Melodie; Van Trease, Kristina

The Company’s rental businesses are capital intensive and generate significant cash flows. Cash flows for the Company in 2021 as compared to 2020 are summarized as follows:

Cash Flows from Operating Activities: The Company’s operations provided net cash flow of $195.7 million for 2021 as compared to $180.5 million in 2020.  The 8% increase was primarily attributable to increased deferred income and deferred income taxes, a higher increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other balance sheet changes.Most Important Performance Measures

Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Net cash used in investing activities was $351.7 million for 2021 as compared to $53.0 million in 2020.  The $298.7 million increase was primarily due to $27.8 million higher purchases of rental equipment of $114.1 million in 2021, compared to 2020, and $292.2 million cash paid for acquisition of businesses, partly offset by $11.0 million lower purchases of property, plant and equipment and $10.3 million higher proceeds from sales of used rental equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Net cash provided by financing activities was $156.2 million in 2021 as compared to $128.5 million net cash used in 2020. The $284.7 million increase was primarily due to $214.4 million higher net borrowings under bank lines of credit to fund the Design Space and Kitchens To Go acquisitions, $60.0 million higher net borrowings under note purchase agreements, and partly offset by $13.6 million lower repurchase of common stock in 2021.

Significant capital expenditures are required to maintain and grow the Company’s rental assets.  During the last three years, the Company has financed its working capital and capital expenditure requirements through cash flows from operations, proceeds from the sale of rental equipment and from borrowings. Sales occur routinely as a normal part of the Company’s rental businesses.  However, these sales can fluctuate from period to period depending on customer requirements and funding.  Although the net proceeds received from sales may fluctuate from period to period, the Company believes its liquidity will not be adversely impacted from lower sales in any given year because it believes it has the ability to increase its bank borrowings, offer additional notes and conserve its cash in the future by reducing the amount of cash it uses to purchase rental equipment, pay dividends, or repurchase the Company’s common stock.

As the following table indicates, cash flow provided by operating activities and proceeds from sales of used rental equipment have been greater than rental equipment purchases over the past three years.

Funding of Rental Asset Growth

(amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Three Year

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

Totals

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

195,743

 

 

$

180,504

 

 

$

187,994

 

 

$

564,241

 

Proceeds from sales of used rental equipment

 

 

57,337

 

 

 

47,052

 

 

 

44,447

 

 

 

148,836

 

Cash available for purchase of rental equipment

 

 

253,080

 

 

 

227,556

 

 

 

232,441

 

 

 

713,077

 

Purchases of rental equipment

 

 

(114,145

)

 

 

(86,329

)

 

 

(167,703

)

 

 

(368,177

)

Cash available for other purposes

 

$

138,935

 

 

$

141,227

 

 

$

64,738

 

 

$

344,900

 

In additionour assessment, the most important performance measures used to increasing its rental assets, the Company has made acquisitions of businesses and business assets totaling $292.2 million in 2021 and $7.8 million in 2019.  The Company had other capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment of $2.7 million in 2021, $13.7 million in 2020 and $12.1 million in 2019, and has used cash to provide returns to its shareholders in the form of cash dividends. The Company paid cash dividends of $42.2 million, $39.8 million and $35.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company has in the past made purchases of shares of its common stock from time to time in over-the-counter market (NASDAQ) transactions, through privately negotiated, large block transactions and through a share repurchase plan, in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  In August 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase 2,000,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock (the “Repurchase Plan”). The amount and time of the specific repurchases are subject to prevailing market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other factors, including management’s discretion.  All shares repurchased by the Company are canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of common stock.  There can be no assurance that any authorized shares will be repurchased and the repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.  There were no shares of common stock repurchased during the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. There were 282,221 shares of common stock repurchased during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, for the aggregate purchase price of $13.6 million or an average price of $48.25 per repurchased share. As of December 31, 2021, 1,309,805 shares remain authorized for repurchase under the Repurchase Plan.

-49-


Unsecured Revolving Lines of Credit

On March 31, 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and lender, and other lenders named therein (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility provides for a $420.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility (which may be further increased to $670.0 million by adding one or more tranches of term loans and/or increasing the aggregate revolving commitments), which includes a $25.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. The proceeds of the Credit Facility are available to be used for general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions. The Credit Facility permits the Company’s existing indebtedness to remain, which includes the Company’s $12.0 million Treasury Sweep Note due March 31, 2025, the Company’s existing senior notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement with Prudential Investment Management, Inc., dated as of April 21, 2011link CAP (as amended, the “the Prior NPA”): (i) the $40.0 million aggregate outstanding principal of notes issued March 17, 2014 which were repaid on March 17, 2021, and (ii) the $60.0 million aggregate outstanding principal of notes issued November 5, 2015 and due November 5, 2022. In addition, the Company may incur additional senior note indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250.0 million. The Credit Facility matures on March 31, 2025 and replaced the Company’s prior $420.0 million credit facility dated March 31, 2016 with Bank of America, N.A., as agent, as amended. All obligations outstanding under the prior credit facility as of the date of the Credit Facility were refinanced by the Credit Facility on March 31, 2020.

On March 30, 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated Credit Facility Letter Agreement and a Credit Line Note in favor of MUFG Union Bank, N.A., which provides for a $12.0 million line of credit facility related to its cash management services (“Sweep Service Facility”). The Sweep Service Facility matures on the earlier of March 31, 2025, or the date the Company ceases to utilize MUFG Union Bank, N.A. for its cash management services.  The Sweep Service Facility replaced the Company’s prior $12.0 million sweep service facility, dated as of March 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2021, under the Credit Facility and Sweep Service Facility, the Company had unsecured lines of credit that permit it to borrow up to $432.0 million of which $266.5 million was outstanding. The Credit Facility contains financial covenants requiring the Company to not (all defined terms used below not otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Amended Credit Facility):

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 2.50 to 1. At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 4.08 to 1.

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt to EBITDA at any time during any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1. At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 1.73 to 1.

At December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, although significant deterioration in our financial performance could impact the Company’s ability to comply with these covenants.

Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement

On March 31, 2020, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) with PGIM, Inc. (“PGIM”) and the holders of Series B and Series C Notes previously issued pursuant to the Prior NPA, among the Company and the other parties to the Note Purchase Agreement.  The Note Purchase Agreement amended and restated, and superseded in its entirety, the Prior NPA.  Pursuant to the Prior NPA, the Company issued (i) $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.68% Series B Senior Notes, which were repaid on March 17, 2021, and (ii) $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% Series C Senior Notes due November 5, 2022, to which the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement shall apply.  

In addition, pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company may authorize the issuance and sale of additional senior notes (the “Shelf Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of (x) $250 million minus (y) the amount of other notes (such as the Series B Senior Notes and Series C Senior Notes, each defined below) then outstanding, to be dated the date of issuance thereof, to mature, in case of each Shelf Note so issued, no more than 15 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to have an average life, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, of no more than 15 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof at the rate per annum, and to have such other particular terms, as shall be set forth, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued,calculated in accordance with the Note Purchase Agreement.  Shelf NotesSEC rules) to Company performance are listed in the table below. The role of each of these performance measures in our executive compensation program is discussed in “Executive Compensation” in this Amendment.

Performance Measures

Pre-Tax Income

Adjusted EBITDA

Descriptions of the Information Presented in the Pay Versus Performance Table

The illustrations below compare CAP (as calculated in accordance with the SEC rules) and the following measures:

the Company’s cumulative TSR and the S&P 500 Industrials Index’s cumulative TSR;

the Company’s Net Income; and

the Company’s Pre-Tax Income

Due to the mechanics of how CAP is calculated, fluctuations in stock price or TSR may be issuedhave a greater impact on the CAP values than any single financial metric.

36


LOGO

LOGO

37


LOGO

Relationships Amongst Directors or Executive Officers

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers of the Company, with the exception that David M. Whitney and sold from time to time atKristina Van Trease are husband and wife.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Compensation Committee of the discretionCompany during 2023 consisted of Messrs. Anderson, Dawson, and Shuster, and Mses. Box and Fetter. No member of the Compensation Committee is a present or former executive officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. No executive officer of the Company has served on the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity which has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

38


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company with respect to beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of April 1, 2024, by (i) each shareholder known to the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of our Common Stock; (ii) each of our directors; (iii) each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table above; and in such amounts(iv) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group:

Beneficial Owner(1)(2)

  Shares
Beneficially
Owned(3)
   Percentage
of
Class of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
 

The Vanguard Group(4)
100 Vanguard Blvd.
Malvern, PA 19355

   2,691,278    11.0

BlackRock, Inc.(5)
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055

   2,127,591    8.7

Franklin Mutual Advisors, LLC(6)
101 John F. Kennedy Parkway
Short Hills, NJ 07078-2789

   1,866,600    7.6

Joseph Hanna(7)

   171,249    * 

Keith E. Pratt(7)

   56,867    * 

Philip B. Hawkins(7)

   4,283    * 

Gilda Malek(7)(8)

   919    * 

Kristina Van Trease(7)

   5,507    * 

Nicolas C. Anderson

   1,500    * 

Kimberly A. Box

   8,500    * 

Smita Conjeevaram

   4,500    * 

William J. Dawson

   28,105    * 

Elizabeth A. Fetter

   5,970    * 

Bradley M. Shuster

   11,700    * 

All executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)(9)

   377,369    1.6

*

The percentage of shares beneficially owned by this director or executive officer constitutes less than 2% of our Common Stock as of April 1, 2024.

(1)

Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the executive officers and directors is c/o McGrath RentCorp, 5700 Las Positas Road, Livermore, California 94551.

(2)

To the Company’s knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table, and subject to applicable community property laws, each shareholder named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such shareholder’s name.

(3)

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to equity awards currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of April 1, 2024, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such equity awards, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Percentages are based on 24,548,743 shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding as of April 1, 2024.

(4)

The Vanguard Group filed Amendment No. 12 to Schedule 13G with the SEC on February 13, 2024, and reported beneficial ownership of 2,691,278 shares, sole dispositive power with respect to 2,619,230 shares of Common Stock, shared voting power with respect to 45,854 shares of Common Stock, and shared dispositive power with respect to 72,048 shares of Common Stock. The Schedule 13G/A contained information as of December 31, 2023, and may not reflect current holdings of the Company’s Common Stock.

(5)

BlackRock, Inc. filed Amendment No. 15 to Schedule 13G with the SEC on January 25, 2024, and reported beneficial ownership of 2,127,591 shares and sole voting power with respect to 2,062,608 shares of Common Stock. The Schedule 13G/A contained information as of December 31, 2023, and may not reflect current holdings of the Company’s Common Stock.

(6)

Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC filed Amendment No. 2 to Schedule 13G with the SEC on January 23, 2024, and reported beneficial ownership of 1,866,600 shares, sole voting power with respect to 1,763,647 shares, and sole dispositive power with respect to 1,866,600 shares of Common Stock. The securities reported are beneficially owned by one or more open-end investment companies or other managed accounts that are investment management clients of Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (“FMA”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. (“FRI”). When an investment management contract (including a

39


sub-advisory agreement) delegates to FMA investment discretion or voting power over the securities held in the investment advisory accounts that are subject to that agreement, FRI treats FMA as having sole investment discretion or voting authority, as the case may be, unless the agreement specifies otherwise. Accordingly, FMA reports on Schedule 13G that it has sole investment discretion and voting authority over the securities covered by any such investment management agreement, unless otherwise noted in Item 4 of Schedule 13G. As a result, for purposes of Rule 13d-3 under the Act, FMA may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities reported in Schedule 13G. The Schedule 13G contained information as of December 31, 2023, and may not reflect current holdings of the Company’s Common Stock.
(7)

Includes the shares held by the KSOP for the benefit of the named individual. The number of shares included is 258 shares for Mr. Hanna; 350 shares for Mr. Pratt; 19,304 shares for Mr. Hawkins; 0 shares for Ms. Malek; 1,167 shares for Ms. Van Trease; and 41,594 shares for all executive officers and directors as a group. These shares are included because beneficiaries under the KSOP hold sole voting power over the shares (whether or not rights to the shares have vested).

(8)

Ms. Malek was hired by the Company effective March 21, 2023.

(9)

See footnote (7).

Communications with the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors believes that full and open communication between shareholders and members of our Board of Directors is in the best interests of our shareholders. Shareholders may determine, subjectcontact any director or committee of the Board of Directors by writing to prospective purchasers’ agreementthe Compliance Officer, c/o McGrath RentCorp, 5700 Las Positas Road, Livermore, California 94551. The Compliance Officer will review all such communications for relevance to purchaseactivities of the Shelf Notes. The CompanyBoard of Directors and will sellpromptly forward all relevant written communications to the Shelf NotesBoard of Directors. Comments or complaints relating to our accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters, corporate fraud, or violations of federal or state laws may be referred directly to such purchasers.  The full net proceeds of each Shelf Note will be used in the manner described in the applicable Request for Purchase with respect to such Shelf Note.

-50-


3.84% Senior Notes Due in 2022

In November 2015, the Company issued and soldour Audit Committee by writing to the purchasersChairman of the Audit Committee, c/o Compliance Officer, McGrath RentCorp, 5700 Las Positas Road, Livermore, California 94551. Further details can be found in “Reporting Questionable Accounting and Auditing Practices and Policy Prohibiting Retaliation Against Reporting Employees” and “Corporate Governance Guidelines” found on our website at www.mgrc.com under the Investors section.

Shareholder Recommendations for Membership on our Board of Directors

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider shareholder recommendations of director nominees. To recommend director nominee(s), a $60.0 million aggregateshareholder must submit the following relevant information in writing to the attention of the Compliance Officer at our principal amountexecutive offices: (1) the name, age, business, and residence address of its 3.84% Series C Senior Notes (the “Series C Senior Notes”)the prospective candidate; (2) a brief biographical description of the prospective candidate, including employment history for the past five years and a statement of the qualifications of the prospective candidate; (3) the class and number of shares of our Common Stock, if any, which are beneficially owned by the prospective candidate; (4) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and the prospective candidate pursuant to which the termsnomination is to be made by the shareholder if the shareholder and the prospective candidate are different individuals; (5) the candidate’s signed consent to serve as a director if elected and to be named in our proxy statement; (6) a signed certificate providing the class and number of shares of our Common Stock which are beneficially owned by the Note Purchase Agreement, as amended. The Series C Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation ofshareholder; and (7) any other information that is required to be provided by the Company and bear interest at a rate of 3.84% per annum and mature on November 5, 2022. Interest on the Series C Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on May 5, 2016 and continuing thereafter on November 5 and May 5 of each year until maturity. The principal balance is due when the notes mature in 2022. The full net proceeds from the Series C Senior Notes were usedshareholder pursuant to reduce the outstanding balance on the Company’s revolving credit line. At December 31, 2021, the principal balance outstandingRegulation 14A under the Series C Senior Notes was $60.0 million.

2.57% Senior Notes Due in 2028

On March 17, 2021,Exchange Act. Once the Company issuedCorporate Governance and soldNominating Committee receives the shareholder recommendation, it may deliver to the purchasers $40 million aggregate principal amount of 2.57% Series D Notes (the “Series D Senior Notes”) pursuant toprospective candidate a questionnaire that requests additional information about the terms of the Amendedcandidate’s independence, qualifications, and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated March 31, 2020 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, PGIM, Inc. and the noteholders party thereto.  

The Series D Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest atother matters, including a rate of 2.57% per annum and mature on March 17, 2028.  Interest on the Series D Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on September 17, 2021 and continuing thereafter on March 17 and September 17 of each year until maturity. The principal balance is due when the notes mature on March 17, 2028. The full net proceeds from the Series D Senior Notes were used to pay off the Company’s $40 million Series B Senior Notes.  At December 31, 2021, the principal balance outstanding under the Series D Senior Notes was $40.0 million.

2.35% Senior Notes Due in 2026

On June 16, 2021, the Company issued and sold to the purchasers $60 million aggregate principal amount of 2.35% Series E Notes (the "Series E Notes") pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated March 31, 2020 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, PGIM, Inc. and the noteholders party thereto.  

The Series E Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 2.35% per annum and mature on June 16, 2026.  Interest on the Series E Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on December 16, 2021 and continuing thereafter on June 16 and December 16 of each year until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature on June 16, 2026.  The full net proceeds from the Series E Senior Notes were used to pay down the Company’s credit facility.  At December 31, 2021, the principal balance outstanding under the Series E Senior Notes was $60.0 million.

Among other restrictions, the Note Purchase Agreement, which has superseded in its entirety the Prior NPA, under which the Series C Senior Notes, Series D Senior Notes and Series E Senior Notes were sold, contains financial covenants requiring the Company to not (all defined terms used below not otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement):

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 4.08 to 1.

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) at any time during any period of four consecutive quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 1.73 to 1.

At December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated trends that the Company is aware ofpossible interview, that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, although significant deteriorationassist the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee in our financial performance could impactevaluating the Company’s ability to comply with these covenants.

Although no assurance can be given, the Company believes it will continue to be able to negotiate general bank lines of credit and issue senior notes adequate to meet capital requirements not otherwise met by operational cash flows and proceeds from sales of rental equipment.  Furthermore, the Company believes it has the financial resources to weather any short term impacts of COVID-19.  However, the Company has limited insight into the extent to which its business may be impacted by COVID-19, and there are many uncertainties, including how long and how severely the Company will be impacted.  An extended and severe impact may materially and adversely affect the Company’s future operations, financial position and liquidity.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

At December 31, 2021, the Company’s material contractual obligations and commitments consisted of outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities expiring in 2025, outstanding amounts under our 3.84%, 2.35% and 2.57% senior notes due in 2022, 2026 and 2028, respectively, and operating leases for facilities.  The operating lease amounts exclude property taxes and insurance.  The table

-51-


below provides a summary of the Company’s contractual obligations and reflects expected payments due as of December 31, 2021 and does not reflect changes that could arise after that date.

Payments Due by Period

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Total

 

 

Within

1 Year

 

 

Within

2 to 3 Years

 

 

Within

4 to 5 Years

 

 

More than

5 Years

 

Revolving lines of credit

 

$

266,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

266,500

 

 

$

 

3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022

 

 

62,304

 

 

 

62,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.57% Series D senior notes due in 2028

 

 

46,682

 

 

 

1,028

 

 

 

2,056

 

 

 

2,056

 

 

 

41,542

 

2.35% Series E senior notes due in 2026

 

 

66,349

 

 

 

1,414

 

 

 

2,820

 

 

 

62,115

 

 

 

 

Operating leases for facilities

 

 

10,223

 

 

 

4,993

 

 

 

4,665

 

 

 

565

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

452,058

 

 

$

69,739

 

 

$

9,541

 

 

$

331,236

 

 

$

41,542

 

The Company believes that its needs for working capital and capital expenditures through 2022 and beyond will be adequately met by operating cash flow, proceeds from the sale of rental equipment, and bank borrowings.

Please see the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on page 64 for a more detailed presentation of the sources and uses of the Company's cash.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP.  A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies are in Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  The Company determined its critical accounting policies by considering those policies that involve the most complex or subjective assumptions, estimates, and/or judgement.  Material changes in these assumptions, estimates or judgments could have the potential to have a material impact on the Company’s financial results. The Company has identified below the accounting policies that it believes could potentially have a material impact on operating results if a change in assumption, estimate and/or judgment were to occur.

Depreciation - The estimated useful lives and estimated residual values used for rental equipment are based on the Company’s experience as to the economic useful life and sale value of its products.  Additionally, to the extent information is publicly available, the Company also compares its depreciation policies to other companies with similar rental products for reasonableness.

The lives and residual values of rental equipment are subject to periodic evaluation.  For modular equipment, external factors to consider may include, but are not limited to, changes in legislation, regulations, building codes, local permitting, and supply or demand.  Internal factors for modulars may include, but are not limited to, change in equipment specifications, condition of equipment, or maintenance policies.  For electronic test equipment, external factors to consider may include, but are not limited to, technological advances, changes in manufacturers’ selling prices, and supply or demand.  Internal factors for electronic test equipment may include, but are not limited to, change in equipment specifications, condition of equipment, or maintenance policies.  For liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes, external factors to consider may include, but are not limited to, changes in Federal and State legislation, the types of materials stored and the frequency of movements and uses. Internal factors for liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes may include, but are not limited to, change in equipment specifications and maintenance policies.

To the extent that the useful lives of all of our rental equipment were to decrease or increase by one year, the Company estimates the annual depreciation expense would increase or decrease by approximately $6 million.  If the estimated residual values of all of our rental equipment were to change one percentage point, the Company estimates the annual depreciation expense would change by approximately $1 million. Any changes in depreciation expense as a result of a change in useful lives or residual values would result in a proportional increase or decrease in the gross profit the Company would recognize upon the ultimate sale of the equipment.

Maintenance, repair and refurbishment - Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  The direct material and labor costs of value-added additions or major refurbishment of modular buildings are capitalized to the extent the refurbishment significantly improves the quality and adds value or life to the equipment.  Judgment is involved as to when these costs should be capitalized.  The Company’s policies narrowly limit the capitalization of value-added items to specific additions such as portable storage office conversions, restrooms, sidewalls and ventilation upgrades.  In addition, only major refurbishment costs incurred near the end of the estimated useful life of the rental equipment, which extend its useful life, and are subject to certain limitations, are capitalized. The Company capitalized $6 million in extended life or value added refurbishments in 2021. Changes in these policies to expense these costs as incurred could impact the Company’s financial results.

-52-


Acquisition Accounting - The Company has made acquisitions of businesses in the past and records the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition.  Long-lived assets (primarily rental equipment), goodwill and other intangible assets generally represent the largest components of the Company’s acquisitions.  Determining the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired can be judgmental in nature and can involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions.  Rental equipment is valued utilizing either a cost, market or income approach, or a combination of certain of these methods, depending on the asset being valued and the availability of market or income data.  The intangible assets acquired are primarily comprised of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trade names.  These assets are valued on an excess earnings or income approach based on projected cash flows. The estimated fair values of these intangible assets reflect various assumptions about revenue growth rates, operating margins, projected cash flows, discount rates, customer attrition rates, terminal values, useful lives and other prospective financial information.  When appropriate, the Company’s estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired include assistance from independent third-party valuation firms.  Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the cost of the acquired business over the net of the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired,candidate, as well as certain information that must be disclosed about the estimated lifecandidate in our proxy statement or other regulatory filings if nominated.

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will not evaluate candidates differently based on who has made the recommendation. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider candidates from any reasonable source, in addition to shareholder recommendations. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee has the authority under its charter to hire and pay a fee to consultants or search firms to assist in the process of identifying and evaluating candidates. No such consultants or search firms were used for the slate of director nominees up for election at the Annual Meeting, and, accordingly, no fees have been paid to consultants or search firms in the 2023 fiscal year.

We have not received a director nominee recommendation from any shareholder (or group of shareholders) that beneficially owns more than five percent of our Common Stock.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the assets, can materially impactExchange Act requires our directors, executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of our Common Stock (collectively, “Reporting Persons”) to file initial reports of ownership and changes in ownership of our Common Stock with the Company’s financial results in periods subsequentSEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. Copies of these reports are also required to the acquisition through depreciationbe delivered to us. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and amortization, and in certain instances through impairment charges, if the asset becomes impaired in the future.  As discussed below, we regularlyManagement” above for identification of those persons who qualify as “Reporting Persons.”

40


We believe, based solely on our review for impairments.

Impairment of rental equipment - The carrying value of the Company’s rental equipment is its capitalized cost less accumulated depreciation.  Tocopies of such reports submitted on EDGAR and written representations from Reporting Persons, that during the extent events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value cannot be recovered, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the carrying value to fair value.  The Company evaluates the carrying value of rental equipment for impairment whenever events and circumstances have occurred that would indicate the carrying value may not be fully recoverable.  Determining fair value includes estimates and judgments regarding the projected net cash flows considering current and future market conditions including assumptions regarding utilization, rental pricing, the condition of the equipment, the equipment’s expected remaining life and sale proceeds.  Due to uncertainties inherent in the valuation process and market conditions, it is reasonably possible that actual results of operating and disposing of rental equipment could be materially different than current expectations.

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets - The Company’s goodwill is not amortized to expense, the Company assesses whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to complete quantitative impairment assessments. These impairment assessments occur annually, or more frequently if an event occurs, or circumstances change in the interim that would indicate that it was more likely than not the fair value had reduced below its carrying value. Application of the goodwill impairment assessment requires judgement including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, business projections including changes in pricing, rental and sale activity and costs, long term growth rates and discount rates.  In 2021, 2020 and 2019 the Company performed qualitative assessments taking into consideration the market value of the Company, any changes in management, key personnel, strategy and any relevant macroeconomic conditions, concluding that the fair value of the reporting units substantially exceeded the respective reporting units carrying value, including goodwill.

Intangible assets (other than goodwill) acquired are recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition.  Definite lived intangibles are amortized over their expected useful lives, while indefinite lived intangibles are not amortized. The Company monitors conditions related to these assets to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining amortization period. The Company tests these assets for potential impairment annually and whenever management determines events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Revenue recognition:

Lease revenue - Rental revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease forfiscal year ended December 31, 2023, all operating segments.  Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized in the period earned.  Rental related services revenues are primarily associatedReporting Persons complied with relocatable modular building and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes leases.  For modular building leases, rental related services revenues for modifications, delivery, installation, dismantle and return delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an integral part of the negotiated lease agreement with the customer.  These revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which resultsall applicable filing requirements in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  Other revenues include interest income on sales-type leases and rental income on facility leases.timely manner.

Non-lease revenue - Sales revenue is recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment to customers.  Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  The Company typically recognizes non-lease related revenues at a point in time because the customer does not simultaneously consume the benefits of the Company’s promised goods and services, or performance obligations, and obtain control when delivery and installation are complete.  For contracts that have multiple performance obligations, the transaction

-53-


price is allocated to each performance obligation in the contract based on the Company’s best estimate of the standalone selling prices of each distinct performance obligation in the contract.  The standalone selling price is typically determined based upon the expected cost plus an estimated margin of each performance obligation. Judgment is involved in determining the performance obligations and standalone selling prices.  To the extent actual results were to differ from these estimates, the timing of profit recognition could change and impact the Company’s financial results.  

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

The Company is exposed to cash flow and fair value risk due to changes in interest rates with respect to its 3.84%, 2.35% and 2.57% senior notes due in 2022, 2026 and 2028, respectively, and its revolving lines of credit.  Weighted average variable rates are based on implied forward rates in the yield curve at December 31, 2021.  The estimate of fair value of the Company’s fixed rate debt is based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities.  The table below presents principal cash flows by expected annual maturities, related weighted average interest rates and estimated fair value for the Company’s Series C, Series D and Series E Senior Notes and the Company’s revolving lines of credit under the Credit Facility and Sweep Service Facility as of December 31, 2021.

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

2026

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Revolving lines of credit

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

266,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

266,500

 

 

$

266,500

 

Weighted average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.07

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.07

%

 

 

 

 

3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022

 

$

60,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

60,000

 

 

$

61,050

 

Stated interest rate

 

 

3.84

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.84

%

 

 

 

 

2.35% Series E senior notes due in 2026

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

60,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

60,000

 

 

$

58,962

 

Stated interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.35

%

 

 

 

 

 

2.35

%

 

 

 

 

2.57% Series D senior notes due in 2028

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

40,000

 

 

$

40,000

 

 

$

38,433

 

Stated interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.57

%

 

 

2.57

%

 

 

 

 

The Company formed a wholly owned Canadian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco Inc., in 2004 in conjunction with the TRS acquisition and a wholly owned Indian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco India Private Limited, in 2013. The Company commenced the closure of its Indian operations during 2017.  The Canadian operations of the Company subject it to foreign currency risks (i.e. the possibility that the financial results could be better or worse than planned because of changes in foreign currency exchange rates).  Currently, the Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its economic exposure with respect to assets, liabilities and firm commitments denominated in foreign currencies.  In 2021, the Company experienced minimal impact on net income due to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.  Although there can be no assurances, given the size of the Canadian operations, the Company does not expect future foreign exchange gains and losses to be significant.

The Company has no derivative financial instruments that expose the Company to significant market risk.

-54-


ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Index

Page

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

56

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 248)

57

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

60

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

61

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

62

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

63

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

64

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

65

-55-


Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the consolidated financial statements appearing in our Annual Report filed on Form 10-K. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts based on management’s estimates and judgments. All other financial information in this report has been presented on a basis consistent with the information included in the financial statements.

The Company’s management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company maintains a system of internal control that is designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliable preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition.

The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is embodied in the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. It sets the toneEthics

Our Board of Directors adopted and approved a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Whistleblower Policy. This code and Whistleblower Policy apply to all of our organizationemployees and includes factors suchour non-employee directors and is posted on our website at www.mgrc.com under the Investors section. The code satisfies the “Code of Ethics” requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as integritywell as the “Code of Conduct” requirements under the Market Place Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The code, among other things, addresses issues relating to conflicts of interests, including internal reporting violations and disclosures, and compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. The purpose of the code is to promote, among other things, honest and ethical values.conduct, full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable public disclosures, compliance with applicable laws or regulations, and to ensure to the greatest possible extent that our business is conducted in a legal and ethical manner. Violations under the code or the Whistleblower Policy can be reported anonymously, and the procedures for doing so are set forth in the applicable document. Any waivers or approvals granted under this code with respect to our executive officers and directors may be granted only by the Board of Directors. In addition, any waivers or approvals relating to the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the principal accounting officer or controller, or any person performing similar functions must also be obtained from the Audit Committee. Any waivers or approvals to the code with respect to the remainder of the employees may be granted by our Compliance Officer, who is currently Gilda Malek. Any amendments to the code will be promptly disclosed to our shareholders. Our Audit Committee has also established procedures for (a) the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal control over financial reporting is supportedaccounting controls, or auditing matters; and (b) the confidential, anonymous submission by formal policiesour employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our Board of Directors adopted and procedures, which are reviewed, modifiedapproved a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines. The guidelines set forth the practices our Board follows with respect to, among other things, the composition of the Board and improved as changes occur in business conditionsBoard committees, director responsibilities, director continuing education, and operations.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Projections of anyperformance evaluation of effectivenessthe Board. The guidelines are posted on our website at www.mgrc.com under the Investors section.

No Supermajority Vote on Approval of Mergers or Other Business Combinations

Our corporate governance documents do not contain a supermajority standard for the approval of a merger or a business combination. Such transactions require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares.

41


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Other than the indemnification agreements described below, there were no transactions in 2023 between the Company and a related person required to future periods are subjectbe reported under applicable SEC rules. Information regarding director independence is incorporated herein by reference under the heading “Director Independence” in Item 10 of this Amendment.

Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements require the Company to risk that controls may become inadequateindemnify our executive officers or directors against expenses and, in certain cases, judgments, settlements, or other payments incurred by an executive officer or director in suits brought by the Company, derivative actions brought by our shareholders, and suits brought by other third parties. Indemnification has been granted under these agreements to the fullest extent permitted under California law in situations where an executive officer or director is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the legal proceeding because of changeshis or her service to the Company. In addition, these agreements require us to advance the expenses incurred by our directors and officers in conditions,any proceeding in which indemnification may be provided under the applicable indemnification agreement. In addition, our bylaws provide that we may indemnify our directors, executive officers, or thatother persons treated as agents under the degreeGeneral Corporation Law of compliance with the policiesState of California, and procedures may deteriorate.

The Audit Committeeadvance related expenses, if approved by the shareholders or a disinterested vote of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of outside directors, meets periodically with members of managementDirectors.

Policies and the independent auditors to review and discuss internal control over financial reporting, as well as accounting and financial reporting matters. The independent auditors reportProcedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

Pursuant to the Audit Committee and accordingly have full and free access toCharter, the Audit Committee at any time.

The Company’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 based on the criteria set forth in the 2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on its evaluation, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

-56-


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders

McGrath RentCorp

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of McGrath RentCorp (a California corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidatedfinancial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, and our report dated February 23, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinionon those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control overreviewing and discussing with management any transactions or courses of dealing with related parties. The Audit Committee considers the following factors in determining whether to approve or disapprove (with referral to the Board of Directors) any such related party transaction or course of action: (i) the financial reportingaccounting accorded the transaction or course of action; (ii) whether the terms or other aspects differ from those that would likely be negotiated with independent parties; and for its assessment(iii) whether the proposed disclosure of the effectivenesstransaction or course of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibilitydealing, if any, is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.SEC regulations.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.42


ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

/s/ GRANT THORNTONAudit Fees

Grant Thornton LLP

San Jose, California

February 23, 2022

-57-


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders

McGrath RentCorp

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of McGrath RentCorp (a California corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows performed services for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 23, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities lawsfiscal years 2023 and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Valuation of electronics rental equipment

As described further in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company evaluates the carrying value of rental equipment for impairment whenever events and circumstances have occurred that would indicate the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. We identified the valuation of the Company’s TRS-RenTelco rental equipment as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination of the valuation of the TRS-RenTelco rental equipment as a critical audit matter is that the TRS-RenTelco rental equipment can be sensitive to new developments in technology, which creates the risk that equipment could become obsolete or impaired. Management’s impairment analysis relies on estimates of the future financial performance of its rental equipment. These estimates include assumptions based upon historical and projected results including utilization, rental pricing, and the equipment’s useful life and expected sales proceeds. The failure to achieve these projections might be an indicator of potential impairment.

Our audit procedures2022 related to the impairment of TRS-RenTelco rental equipment included the following, among others.

We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to the impairment process, determination of the assumptions, and review of equipment that didn’t meet determined performance thresholds.

-58-


We evaluated the appropriateness of useful lives assigned to the rental equipment.

We analyzed trends in utilization and yield (which is derived by dividing rental revenue by equipment cost) at a disaggregated product level, both year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter to evaluate if indicators of impairment were present for any particular product category.

For a sample of assets, we inspected underlying supporting evidence and compared to the information in management’s analysis for accuracy.

We identified underperforming assets by recalculating management’s analysis performed and using actual margins on sales proceeds. For the assets identified, we inquired of management with respect to these assets and factors driving assessment of realizability and corroborated explanations received.

Valuation of Customer Relationships Intangible Asset Acquired through Design Space Acquisition

As described further in Note 13 to the financial statements, the Company completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Design Space Modular Buildings PNW, LP (“Design Space”) for $267.3 million in cash consideration. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of a “business” in accordance with criteria in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805 – “Business Combinations” using the purchase method of accounting.  We identified the valuation of the acquired customer relationships asset as a criticalstatement audit matter.

The principal considerations for our determination that the Company’s assessment of the fair value of the acquired customer relationships asset represents a critical audit matter is that the judgmentswork, quarterly reviews, and key assumptions made in assessing the fair value of the customer relationship are complex and subjective. The significant assumptions utilized to determine the fair value included projected future cash flows, associated discount rates used to calculate present value, customer attrition rates, and other assumptions that form the basis of the forecasted results. These significant assumptions are forward looking and could be affected by future economic and market conditions.

Our audit proceduresquarterly earnings release reviews. Fees related to the valuation of the customer relationships asset from the acquisition of Design Space included the following, among others:

We inspected the purchase agreement and evaluated management’s process for identifying and estimating the fair value of the acquired customer relationships asset.

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company's controls over its valuation of the acquired customer relationships asset, including determination of the underlying assumptions.

We evaluated the Company's selection of the valuation methodology, significant assumptions, and the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data supporting the significant assumptions and estimates. We compared management’s assumptions used to develop the discount rates to the weighted average cost of capital of guideline public companies. Additionally, we compared the significant assumptions related to prospective financial information to the historical results of the Design Space business and to guideline companies in the same industry. We also performed a sensitivity analysis of the significant assumptions to evaluate the impact on the concluded fair value that would result from changes in assumptions.

We reviewed the qualifications of the external third-party valuation specialist engaged by management in the fair value determination.

/s/ GRANT THORNTONservices rendered by Grant Thornton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

San Jose, California

February 23, for fiscal years 2023 and 2022

-59-


McGrath RentCorp

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

1,491

 

 

$

1,238

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,125 in 2021

   and $2,100 in 2020

 

 

159,499

 

 

 

123,316

 

Rental equipment, at cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Relocatable modular buildings

 

 

1,040,094

 

 

 

882,115

 

Electronic test equipment

 

 

361,391

 

 

 

333,020

 

Liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes

 

 

309,908

 

 

 

315,706

 

 

 

 

1,711,393

 

 

 

1,530,841

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(646,169

)

 

 

(592,725

)

Rental equipment, net

 

 

1,065,224

 

 

 

938,116

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

135,325

 

 

 

136,210

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

54,945

 

 

 

41,549

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

47,049

 

 

 

7,118

 

Goodwill

 

 

132,393

 

 

 

28,197

 

Total assets

 

$

1,595,926

 

 

$

1,275,744

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable

 

$

426,451

 

 

$

222,754

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

136,313

 

 

 

108,334

 

Deferred income

 

 

58,716

 

 

 

45,975

 

Deferred income taxes, net

 

 

242,425

 

 

 

216,077

 

Total liabilities

 

 

863,905

 

 

 

593,140

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value - Authorized 40,000 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued and outstanding - 24,260 shares as of December 31, 2021 and 24,128 shares as of December 31, 2020

 

 

108,610

 

 

 

106,289

 

Retained earnings

 

 

623,465

 

 

 

576,419

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(104

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

732,021

 

 

 

682,604

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

1,595,926

 

 

$

1,275,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-60-


McGrath RentCorp

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental

 

$

390,013

 

 

$

351,790

 

 

$

353,889

 

Rental related services

 

 

98,061

 

 

 

92,393

 

 

 

101,038

 

Rental operations

 

 

488,074

 

 

 

444,183

 

 

 

454,927

 

Sales

 

 

125,235

 

 

 

124,604

 

 

 

110,229

 

Other

 

 

3,524

 

 

 

3,767

 

 

 

5,074

 

Total revenues

 

 

616,833

 

 

 

572,554

 

 

 

570,230

 

Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct costs of rental operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

91,887

 

 

 

85,866

 

 

 

80,391

 

Rental related services

 

 

74,256

 

 

 

68,105

 

 

 

76,241

 

Other

 

 

91,069

 

 

 

73,818

 

 

 

79,365

 

Total direct costs of rental operations

 

 

257,212

 

 

 

227,789

 

 

 

235,997

 

Costs of sales

 

 

78,600

 

 

 

81,019

 

 

 

68,068

 

Total costs of revenues

 

 

335,812

 

 

 

308,808

 

 

 

304,065

 

Gross profit

 

 

281,021

 

 

 

263,746

 

 

 

266,165

 

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

148,600

 

 

 

122,993

 

 

 

124,793

 

Income from operations

 

 

132,421

 

 

 

140,753

 

 

 

141,372

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(10,455

)

 

 

(8,787

)

 

 

(12,331

)

Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain

 

 

(210

)

 

 

78

 

 

 

84

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

121,756

 

 

 

132,044

 

 

 

129,125

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

32,051

 

 

 

30,060

 

 

 

32,319

 

Net income

 

$

89,705

 

 

$

101,984

 

 

$

96,806

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

3.70

 

 

$

4.22

 

 

$

3.99

 

Diluted

 

$

3.66

 

 

$

4.16

 

 

$

3.93

 

Shares used in per share calculation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

24,220

 

 

 

24,157

 

 

 

24,250

 

Diluted

 

 

24,515

 

 

 

24,531

 

 

 

24,623

 

Cash dividends declared per share

 

$

1.74

 

 

$

1.68

 

 

$

1.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-61-


McGrath RentCorp

Consolidated Statements of COMPREHENSIVE Income

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Net income

 

$

89,705

 

 

$

101,984

 

 

$

96,806

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax impact

 

 

50

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(21

)

Comprehensive income

 

$

89,755

 

 

$

101,950

 

 

$

96,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

-62-


McGrath RentCorp

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Retained

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

 

 

Total

Shareholders’

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

24,182

 

 

$

103,801

 

 

$

467,783

 

 

$

(49

)

 

$

571,535

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96,806

 

 

 

 

 

 

96,806

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

5,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,892

 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares

   withheld for employee taxes

 

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

(3,333

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,333

)

Dividends accrued at $1.50 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36,843

)

 

 

 

 

 

(36,843

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(21

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

24,296

 

 

 

106,360

 

 

 

527,746

 

 

 

(70

)

 

 

634,036

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,984

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

5,549

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,549

 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares

   withheld for employee taxes

 

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchased common stock

 

 

(282

)

 

 

(1,244

)

 

 

(12,373

)

 

 

 

 

 

(13,617

)

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

(4,376

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,376

)

Dividends accrued at $1.68 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40,938

)

 

 

 

 

 

(40,938

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(34

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

24,128

 

 

 

106,289

 

 

 

576,419

 

 

 

(104

)

 

 

682,604

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

89,705

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

7,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,666

 

Common stock issued under stock plans, net of shares

   withheld for employee taxes

 

 

132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

(5,345

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,345

)

Dividends accrued at $1.74 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42,659

)

 

 

 

 

 

(42,659

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

50

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

24,260

 

 

$

108,610

 

 

$

623,465

 

 

$

(54

)

 

$

732,021

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-63-


McGrath RentCorp

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

89,704

 

 

$

101,984

 

 

$

96,806

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

106,695

 

 

 

94,643

 

 

 

89,476

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

451

 

 

 

1,343

 

 

 

1,013

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

7,666

 

 

 

5,549

 

 

 

5,892

 

Gain on sale of used rental equipment

 

 

(25,441

)

 

 

(19,329

)

 

 

(21,309

)

Foreign currency exchange loss (gain)

 

 

210

 

 

 

(78

)

 

 

(84

)

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

15

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

     Change in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(24,397

)

 

 

3,440

 

 

 

(7,323

)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(6,816

)

 

 

3,807

 

 

 

(13,530

)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

12,226

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

20,298

 

Deferred income

 

 

9,082

 

 

 

(8,989

)

 

 

5,138

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

26,348

 

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

11,606

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

195,743

 

 

 

180,504

 

 

 

187,994

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of rental equipment

 

 

(114,145

)

 

 

(86,329

)

 

 

(167,703

)

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(2,680

)

 

 

(13,724

)

 

 

(12,080

)

Cash paid for acquisition of businesses

 

 

(283,123

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,808

)

Cash paid for acquisition of business assets

 

 

(6,585

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition of non-compete agreements

 

 

(2,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of used rental equipment

 

 

57,337

 

 

 

47,052

 

 

 

44,447

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(351,696

)

 

 

(53,001

)

 

 

(143,144

)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowing (repayment) under bank lines of credit

 

 

143,729

 

 

 

(70,689

)

 

 

(5,144

)

Borrowings under note purchase agreement

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payment of Series B senior notes

 

 

(40,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(13,617

)

 

 

 

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of stock awards

 

 

(5,345

)

 

 

(4,376

)

 

 

(3,333

)

Payment of dividends

 

 

(42,182

)

 

 

(39,769

)

 

 

(35,539

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

156,202

 

 

 

(128,451

)

 

 

(44,016

)

Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

4

 

 

 

(156

)

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

 

253

 

 

 

(1,104

)

 

 

834

 

Cash balance, beginning of period

 

 

1,238

 

 

 

2,342

 

 

 

1,508

 

Cash balance, end of period

 

$

1,491

 

 

$

1,238

 

 

$

2,342

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid, during the period

 

$

10,326

 

 

$

9,050

 

 

$

12,475

 

Net income taxes paid, during the period

 

$

9,087

 

 

$

34,903

 

 

$

17,528

 

Dividends accrued during the period, not yet paid

 

$

11,280

 

 

$

10,083

 

 

$

9,489

 

Rental equipment acquisitions, not yet paid

 

$

5,750

 

 

$

4,373

 

 

$

6,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

-64-


MCGRATH RENTCORP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization

McGrath RentCorp and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a California corporation organized in 1979.  The Company is a diversified business to business rental company with 4 rental divisions; relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers, electronic test equipment and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes. Although the Company’s primary emphasis is on equipment rentals, sales of equipment occur in the normal course of business. The Company is comprised of 4 reportable business segments: modular building and portable storage segment (“Mobile Modular”), electronic test equipment segment (“TRS-RenTelco”), containment solutions for the storage of hazardous and non-hazardous liquids and solids segment (“Adler Tanks”) and classroom manufacturing division selling modular classrooms in California (“Enviroplex”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of McGrath RentCorp and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition

Lease revenues - Rental revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for all operating segments.  Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized in the period earned.  Rental related services revenues are primarily associated with relocatable modular building and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes leases.  For modular building leases, rental related services revenues for modifications, delivery, installation, dismantle and return delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an integral part of the negotiated lease agreement with the customer.  These revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  Other revenues include interest income on sales-type leases and rental income on facility leases.

Non-lease revenues - Sales revenue is recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment to customers.  Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.

Other revenue is recognized when earned and primarily includes interest income on sales-type leases, rental income on facility leases and certain logistics services.

Sales taxes charged to customers are reported on a net basis and are excluded from revenues and expenses.

Depreciation of Rental Equipment

Rental equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes and on an accelerated basis for income tax purposes.  The costs of major refurbishment of relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers and tanks and boxes are capitalized to the extent the refurbishment significantly adds value to, or extends the life of the equipment.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

The estimated useful lives and residual values of the Company’s rental equipment used for financial reporting purposes are as follows:

Relocatable modular buildings

18 years, 50% residual value

Relocatable modular accessories

3 to 18 years, no residual value

Blast resistant and kitchen modules

20 years, no residual value

Portable storage containers

25 years, 62.5% residual value

Electronic test equipment and accessories

1 to 8 years, no residual value

Liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes and accessories

3 to 20 years, no residual value

-65-


Costs of Rental Related Services

Costs of rental related services are primarily associated with relocatable modular building leases and liquid and solid containment tank and boxes. Modular building leases primarily consist of costs for services to be provided under the negotiated lease agreement for delivery, installation, modifications, skirting, additional site-related work, and dismantle and return delivery.  Costs related to these services are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  Costs of rental related services associated with liquid and solid containment solutions consists of costs of delivery, removal and cleaning of the tanks and boxes.  These costs are recognized in the period the service is performed.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the carrying value of rental equipment and identifiable definite lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances have occurred that would indicate the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable.  A key element in determining the recoverability of long-lived assets is the Company’s outlook as to the future market conditions for its rental equipment.  If the carrying amount is not fully recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value.  The Company determines fair value based upon the condition of the rental equipment and the projected net cash flows from its rental and sale considering current market conditions.  Goodwill and identifiable indefinite lived assets are evaluated for potential impairment annually or when circumstances indicate potential impairment may have occurred. Impairment losses, if any, are determined based upon the excess of carrying value over the estimated fair value of the asset. There were 0 impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

Other Direct Costs of Rental Operations

Other direct costs of rental operations include direct labor, supplies, repairs, insurance, property taxes, license fees, impairment of rental equipment and certain modular lease costs charged to customers in the negotiated rental rate, which are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Income includes the carrying value of the equipment sold and all direct costs associated with the sale.

Warranty Reserves

Sales of new relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers, electronic test equipment and related accessories and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes not manufactured by the Company are typically covered by warranties provided by the manufacturer of the products sold.  The Company typically provides limited 90-day warranties for certain sales of used rental equipment and one-year warranties on equipment manufactured by Enviroplex.  Although the Company’s policy is to provide reserves for warranties when required for specific circumstances, the Company has not found it necessary to establish such reserves to date as warranty costs have not been significant.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes, and on an accelerated basis for income tax purposes.  Depreciation expense for property, plant and equipment is included in “Selling and administrative expenses” and “Rental related services” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

-66-


Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Estimated

useful life

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

in years

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Land

 

Indefinite

 

 

$

54,428

 

 

$

54,429

 

Land improvements

 

20 – 50

 

 

 

59,633

 

 

 

59,249

 

Buildings

 

 

30

 

 

 

33,781

 

 

 

32,306

 

Furniture, office equipment and software

 

3 – 10

 

 

 

37,965

 

 

 

36,882

 

Vehicles and machinery

 

5 – 25

 

 

 

44,560

 

 

 

43,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

230,367

 

 

 

225,967

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

(98,333

)

 

 

(91,514

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

132,034

 

 

 

134,453

 

Construction in progress

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,291

 

 

 

1,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

135,325

 

 

$

136,210

 

Property, plant and equipment depreciation expense was $8.9 million, $8.6 million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Construction in progress at December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted primarily of costs related to acquisition of land, land improvements and information technology upgrades.

Capitalized Software Costs

The Company capitalizes certain development costs incurred in connection with its internal use software.  Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred.  Once an application has reached the development stage, direct internal and external costs are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.  These costs generally include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in the project and internal costs, such as payroll and benefits of those employees directly associated with the development of the software.  Maintenance, training and post implementation costs are expensed as incurred.  The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality.  Capitalized software costs are included in property, plant and equipment.  The Company capitalized $0.2 million and $0.1 million in internal use software during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Total advertising expenses were $5.1 million, $3.9 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the effect of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements.  Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are adjusted to the extent necessary to reflect tax rates expected to be in effect when temporary differences reverse.  Adjustments may be required to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities due to changes in tax laws and audit adjustments by tax authorities.  A valuation allowance would be established if, based on the weight of available evidence, management believes that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a recorded deferred tax asset would not be realized in future periods.  To the extent adjustments are required in any given period, the adjustments would be included within the “Provision for income taxes” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.         

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Purchase prices of acquired businesses are allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on the estimated fair values on the respective acquisition dates.  Based on these values, the excess purchase prices over the fair value of the net assets acquired are allocated to goodwill. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, goodwill and trade name intangible assets which have indefinite lives totaled $138.3 million and $34.1 million, respectively.

The Company assesses potential impairment of its goodwill and intangible assets when there is evidence that events or circumstances have occurred that would indicate the recovery of an asset’s carrying value is unlikely.  The Company also assesses potential impairment of its goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives on an annual basis regardless of whether there is evidence of impairment.  If indicators of impairment were to be present in intangible assets used in operations and future discounted cash flows

-67-


were not expected to be sufficient to recover the assets’ carrying amount, an impairment loss would be charged to expense in the period identified. The amount of an impairment loss would be recognized as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.  Factors the Company considers important, which may cause impairment include, among others, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired asset, negative industry or economic trends, and significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results.

The impairment review of the Company’s goodwill is performed by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  The fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value to determine if the goodwill is impaired.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired.  If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit were to exceed its fair value, then a goodwill impairment loss is recorded for the amount the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value.

The Company conducted its annual impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of 2021.  The impairment analysis did 0t result in an impairment charge for the fiscal year ended 2021.  There were 0 impairment charges in 2020 or 2019.  Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.  The Company based its fair value estimates on assumptions that it believes are reasonable but are uncertain and subject to changes in market conditions.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed as net income divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS is computed assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities including the dilutive effects of stock options, unvested restricted stock awards and other potentially dilutive securities.  The table below presents the weighted-average common stock used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share:

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Weighted-average common stock for calculating basic

   earnings per share

 

 

24,220

 

 

 

24,157

 

 

 

24,250

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities from equity-based

   compensation

 

 

295

 

 

 

374

 

 

 

373

 

Weighted-average common stock for calculating diluted

   earnings per share

 

 

24,515

 

 

 

24,531

 

 

 

24,623

 

In 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were 0 shares having an anti-dilutive effect requiring exclusion from the computation of diluted earnings per share. 

The Company has made purchases of shares of its common stock from time to time in over-the-counter market (NASDAQ) transactions, through privately negotiated, large block transactions and through a share repurchase plan, in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  In August 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to 2,000,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock (the “Repurchase Plan”). The amount and time of the specific repurchases are subject to prevailing market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other factors, including management’s discretion. All shares repurchased by the Company are canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. There can be no assurance that any authorized shares will be repurchased and the Repurchase Plan may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time.  In the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, there were 0 shares of common stock repurchased. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Company repurchased 282,221 shares of its common stock for an average purchase price of $48.25 per share or an aggregate price of $13.6 million. There were 0 repurchases of common stock during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019.  As of December 31, 2021, 1,309,805 shares remain authorized for repurchase.    

Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s accounts receivable consist of amounts due from customers for rentals, sales, financed sales and unbilled amounts for the portion of modular building end-of-lease services earned, which were negotiated as part of the lease agreement.  Unbilled receivables related to end-of-lease services, which consists of dismantle and return delivery of buildings, were $46.2 million at December 31, 2021 and $38.7 million at December 31, 2020. The Company sells primarily on 30-day terms, individually performs credit evaluation procedures on its customers on each transaction and will require security deposits from its customers when a significant credit risk is identified.  The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts in amounts equal to the estimated losses expected to be incurred in the collection of the accounts receivable.  The estimated losses are based on historical collection experience in conjunction with an

-68-


evaluation of the current status of the existing accounts.  Customer accounts are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when an account is determined to be uncollectable.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts receivable from operating lease and non-lease revenues.  The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical payment experience and trends, the age of the accounts receivable balances, the Company’s operating segment, customer industry, credit quality and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.  The Company recognized bad debt expense of $0.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  The allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.1 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The allowance for doubtful accounts activity was as follows:

(in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Beginning balance, January 1

 

$

2,100

 

 

$

1,883

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

451

 

 

 

1,343

 

Acquired Design Space Reserve (see Note 13)

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

Write-offs, net of recoveries

 

 

(551

)

 

 

(1,126

)

Ending balance, December 31

 

$

2,125

 

 

$

2,100

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable.  From time to time, the Company maintains cash balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits.

Net investment in sales-type leases

The Company enters into sales-type leases with certain qualified customers to purchase its rental equipment, primarily at its TRS-RenTelco operating segment.  Sales-type leases have terms that generally range from 12 to 36 months and are collateralized by a security interest in the underlying rental asset.  The net investment in sales-type leases was $2.2 million at December 31, 2021 and $1.8 million at December 31, 2020.  The Company’s assessment of current expected losses on these receivables was not material and 0 credit loss expense was provided as of December 31, 2021.  The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical payment experience, the age of the lease receivable balances, credit quality and current economic conditions that may affect a customer's ability to pay.  Lease receivables are considered past due 90 days after invoice.  The Company manages the credit risk in net investment in sales-type leases, on an ongoing basis, using a number of factors, including, but not limited to the following:  historical payment history, credit score, size of operations, length of time in business, industry, historical profitability, historical cash flows, liquidity and past due amounts.  The Company uses credit scores obtained from external credit bureaus as a key indicator for the purposes of determining credit quality of its new customers.  The Company does not own available for sale debt securities or other financial assets at December 31, 2021.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company believes that the carrying amounts for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and notes payable approximate their fair values except for fixed rate debt included in notes payable which has an estimated fair value of $158.5 million and $103.1 million compared to the recorded value of $160.0 million and $100.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The estimates of fair value of the Company’s fixed rate debt are based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

The Company's Canadian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco Inc., a British Columbia corporation (“TRS-Canada”), functions as a branch sales office for TRS-RenTelco in Canada.  The functional currency for TRS-Canada is the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses of TRS-Canada are reported in the results of operations in the period in which they occur.

The Company’s Indian subsidiary, TRS-RenTelco India Private Limited (“TRS-India”), functioned as a rental and sales office for TRS-RenTelco in India, which commenced its closure during 2017.  The functional currency for TRS-India is the Indian Rupee.  All assets and liabilities of TRS-India are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates and all income statement amounts are translated at the average exchange rate for each month within the year.

Currently, the Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its economic exposure with respect to assets, liabilities and firm commitments as the foreign currency transactions and risks to date have not been significant.

-69-


Share-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes the compensation expense for all share-based awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and restricted stock units (“RSUs”), based upon estimated fair values.  The fair value of stock options and SARs is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and for RSUs based upon the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock as of the date of grant.  The Company recognizes share-based compensation cost ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which generally equals the vesting period. For performance-based RSUs, compensation costs are recognized when it is probable that vesting conditions will be met.  In addition, the Company estimates the probable number of shares of common stock that will be earned and the corresponding compensation cost until the achievement of the performance goal is known. The Company recognizes forfeitures based on actual forfeitures when they occur. The Company records share-based compensation costs in “Selling and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The Company recognizes a benefit from share-based compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity if an incremental tax benefit is realized.  Further information regarding share-based compensation can be found in “Note 8 –Benefit Plans”.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each period presented.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  The most significant estimates included in the financial statements are the future cash flows and fair values used to determine the recoverability of the rental equipment and identifiable definite and indefinite lived intangible assets carrying value, the various assets’ useful lives and residual values, and the allowance for doubtful accounts.

NOTE 2. IMPLEMENTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Effective January 1, 2021, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, expected to reduce cost and complexity related to the accounting for income taxes.  The ASU removed specific exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 (GAAP). It eliminated the need for an organization to analyze whether the following apply in a given period: exception to the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation; exceptions to accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments; and exception in interim period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses.  The ASU also improved financial statement preparers’ application of income tax-related guidance and simplifies GAAP for: franchise taxes that are partially based on income; transactions with a government that result in a step up in the tax basis of goodwill; separate financial statements of legal entities that are not subject to tax; and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods.  The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.            

NOTE 3. LEASES

Lessee

The Company leases real estate for certain of its branch offices and rental equipment storage yards, vehicles and equipment used in its rental operations. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company has leases with lease and non-lease components, which are accounted for separately.  Right-Of-Use (“ROU”) assets and liabilities are recognized on the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.  Variable lease payments are excluded from the ROU assets and lease liabilities and are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred, which are not material.  The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.  The Company uses the interest rate stated in the lease as the discount rate.  If the interest rate is not stated, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on information available on lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.  Many of the Company’s real estate lease agreements include options to extend the lease, which are not included in the minimum lease terms unless they are reasonably certain to be exercised.  These leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that may extend the lease term from one to three years.  The amount of payments associated with such options is not material.  Short-term leases are leases having a term of twelve months or less and exclude leases with a lease term of one month or less.  The Company recognizes short-term leases on a straight-line basis and does not record a related ROU asset or liability for such leases.  At December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company’s ROU assets and operating lease liabilities was $11.0 million and $8.3 million, respectively, which are recorded in Prepaid expenses and other assets and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, operating lease expense was $5.4 million, which includes short term lease expense of $0.1 million.  At December 31, 2021, the weighted-average remaining lease term for operating leases was 2.4 years and the weighted

-70-


average discount rate was 2.67%.  The Company had 0 sub-lease income during the year ended December 31, 2021, and did 0t have any finance leases as of December 31, 2021.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:  

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

$

5,171

 

 

$

3,683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Operating leases

 

$

8,116

 

 

$

1,885

 

As of December 31, 2021, maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$

5,702

 

 

 

2023

 

 

3,631

 

 

 

2024

 

 

1,613

 

 

 

2025

 

 

572

 

 

 

2026

 

 

33

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

   Total lease payments

 

 

11,551

 

 

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(555

)

 

 

 

 

$

10,996

 

 

 

   2023   2022 

Audit Fees(1)

  $2,139,669   $1,818,308 

Audit-Related Fees(2)

  $47,883   $44,405 

Tax Fees

  $0   $0 

All Other Fees

  $0   $0 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,187,552   $1,862,713 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Lessor

The Company’s equipment rentals for each of its operating segments are governed by agreements that detail the lease terms and conditions.  The determination of whether these contracts with customers contain a lease generally does not require significant judgement.  The Company accounts for these rentals as operating leases.  These leases do not include material amounts of variable payments and the Company has made the accounting policy election to exclude all taxes assessed by a governmental authority.  The Company generally does not provide an option for the lessee to purchase the rented equipment at the end of the lease term, thus, does not generate material revenue from sales of equipment under such options.  Initial lease terms vary in length based upon customer needs and generally range from one to sixty months.  Customers have the option to keep equipment on rent beyond the initial lease term on a month-to month basis based upon their needs.  All of the Company’s rental products have long useful lives relative to the typical rental term with the original investment typically recovered in approximately three to five years.  The rental products are typically rented for a majority of the time owned and a significant portion of the original investment is recovered when sold from inventory.  The Company’s lease agreements do not contain residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants.

As of December 31, 2021, maturities of operating lease payments to be received in 2022 and thereafter were as follows:

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$

101,446

 

 

 

2023

 

 

30,782

 

 

 

2024

 

 

10,761

 

 

 

2025

 

 

3,269

 

 

 

2026

 

 

1,414

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

180

 

 

 

 

 

$

147,852

 

 

 

In the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s lease revenues were $442.6 million, consisting of $439.9 of operating lease revenues and $2.7 million of finance lease revenues.  The Company has entered into finance leases to finance certain equipment sales to customers.  The lease agreements have a bargain purchase option at the end of the lease term.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.  For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s finance lease revenues included $2.5 million of sales revenues and $0.2 million of interest income.  The minimum lease payments receivable and the net investment are included in Accounts receivable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet for such leases, which were as follows:

-71-


(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Gross minimum lease payments receivable

 

$

2,392

 

 

 

Less – unearned interest

 

 

(184

)

 

 

Net investment in finance lease receivables

 

$

2,208

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable finance leases to be received in 2022 and thereafter were as follows:

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$

1,860

 

 

2023

 

 

270

 

 

2024

 

 

78

 

 

2025

 

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments to be received

 

$

2,208

 

 

NOTE 4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company’s accounting for revenues is governed by two accounting standards.  The majority of the Company’s revenues are considered lease or lease related and are accounted for in accordance with Topic 842, Leases.   Revenues determined to be non-lease related are accounted for in accordance with ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The Company accounts for revenues when approval and commitment from both parties have been obtained, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable.  The Company typically recognizes non-lease related revenues at a point in time because the customer does not simultaneously consume the benefits of the Company’s promised goods and services, or performance obligations, and obtain control when delivery and installation are complete.  For contracts that have multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation in the contract based on the Company’s best estimate of the standalone selling prices of each distinct performance obligation in the contract.  The standalone selling price is typically determined based upon the expected cost plus an estimated margin of each performance obligation.  

The Company generally rents and sells to customers on 30 day payment terms.  The Company does not typically offer variable payment terms, or accept non-monetary consideration.  Amounts billed and due from the Company’s customers are classified as Accounts receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  For certain sales of modular buildings, progress payments from the customer are received during the manufacturing of new equipment, or the preparation of used equipment.  The advance payments are not considered a significant financing component because the payments are used to meet working capital needs during the contract and to protect the Company from the customer failing to adequately complete their obligations under the contract.  These contract liabilities are included in Deferred income on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and totaled $16.8 million and $11.3 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  Sales revenues totaling $9.8 million were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021, which were included in the contract liability balance at December 31, 2020.  For certain modular building sales, the customer retains a small portion of the contract price until full completion of the contract, which results in revenue earned in excess of billings.  These unbilled contract assets are included in Accounts receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and totaled $1.3 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Lease Revenues

Rental revenues from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for all operating segments.  Rental billings for periods extending beyond period end are recorded as deferred income and are recognized in the period earned.  Rental related services revenues are primarily associated with relocatable modular building and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes leases.  For modular building leases, rental related services revenues for modifications, delivery, installation, dismantle and return

-72-


delivery are lease related because the payments are considered minimum lease payments that are an integral part of the negotiated lease agreement with the customer.  These revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Certain leases are accounted for as sales-type leases.  For these leases, sales revenue and the related accounts receivable are recognized upon delivery and installation of the equipment and the unearned interest is recognized over the lease term on a basis which results in a constant rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment. ��Other revenues include interest income on sales-type leases and rental income on facility leases.

Non-Lease Revenues

Non-lease revenues are recognized in the period when control of the performance obligation is transferred, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services.  For liquid and solid containment solutions, portable storage containers and electronic test equipment, rental related services revenues for delivery and return delivery are considered non-lease revenues.    

Sales revenues are typically recognized at a point in time, which occurs upon the completion of delivery, installation and acceptance of the equipment by the customer.  Accounting for non-lease revenues requires judgment in determining the point in time the customer gains control of the equipment and the appropriate accounting period to recognize revenue.

Sales taxes charged to customers are reported on a net basis and are excluded from revenues and expenses.

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenues by lease (within the scope of Topic 840) and non-lease revenues (within the scope of Topic 606) and the underlying service provided for the three years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

(in thousands)

 

Mobile

Modular

 

 

TRS-

RenTelco

 

 

Adler

Tanks

 

 

Enviroplex

 

 

Consolidated

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing

 

$

269,175

 

 

$

116,769

 

 

$

56,654

 

 

$

 

 

$

442,598

 

Non-lease:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental related services

 

 

25,034

 

 

 

2,469

 

 

 

22,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,990

 

Sales

 

 

68,982

 

 

 

19,788

 

 

 

2,930

 

 

 

31,081

 

 

 

122,781

 

Other

 

 

125

 

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

171

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,464

 

Total non-lease

 

 

94,141

 

 

 

23,425

 

 

 

25,588

 

 

 

31,081

 

 

 

174,235

 

Total revenues

 

$

363,316

 

 

$

140,194

 

 

$

82,242

 

 

$

31,081

 

 

$

616,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing

 

$

235,003

 

 

$

112,210

 

 

$

54,710

 

 

$

 

 

$

401,923

 

Non-lease:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental related services

 

 

22,576

 

 

 

2,618

 

 

 

21,320

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,514

 

Sales

 

 

63,863

 

 

 

24,461

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

32,737

 

 

 

122,447

 

Other

 

 

82

 

 

 

1,522

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,670

 

Total non-lease

 

 

86,521

 

 

 

28,601

 

 

 

22,772

 

 

 

32,737

 

 

 

170,631

 

Total revenues

 

$

321,524

 

 

$

140,811

 

 

$

77,482

 

 

$

32,737

 

 

$

572,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing

 

$

234,032

 

 

$

108,044

 

 

$

68,917

 

 

$

 

 

$

410,993

 

Non-lease:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental related services

 

 

18,964

 

 

 

2,599

 

 

 

27,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,197

 

Sales

 

 

47,045

 

 

 

18,995

 

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

39,814

 

 

 

107,120

 

Other

 

 

969

 

 

 

1,845

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,920

 

Total non-lease

 

 

66,978

 

 

 

23,439

 

 

 

29,006

 

 

 

39,814

 

 

 

159,237

 

Total revenues

 

$

301,010

 

 

$

131,483

 

 

$

97,923

 

 

$

39,814

 

 

$

570,230

 

Customer returns of rental equipment prior to the end of the rental contract term are typically billed a cancellation fee, which is recorded as rental revenue in the period billed.  Sales of new relocatable modular buildings, portable storage containers, electronic test equipment and related accessories and liquid and solid containment tanks and boxes not manufactured by the Company are typically

-73-


covered by warranties provided by the manufacturer of the products sold.  The Company typically provides limited 90-day warranties for certain sales of used rental equipment and one-year warranties on equipment manufactured by Enviroplex.  Although the Company’s policy is to provide reserves for warranties when required for specific circumstances, the Company has not found it necessary to establish such reserves to date as warranty costs have not been significant.  

The Company’s incremental cost of obtaining lease contracts, which consists of salesperson commissions, are deferred and amortized over the initial lease term for modular building leases.  Incremental costs for obtaining a contract for all other operating segments are expensed in the period incurred because the lease term is typically less than 12 months.

NOTE 5. NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable consists of the following:

(in thousands)

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Unsecured revolving lines of credit

 

$

266,500

 

 

$

122,771

 

3.68% Series B senior notes due in 2021

 

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

3.84% Series C senior notes due in 2022

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

60,000

 

2.35% Series E senior notes due in 2026

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

2.57% Series D senior notes due in 2028

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

426,500

 

 

 

222,771

 

Unamortized debt issuance cost

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

$

426,451

 

 

$

222,754

 

As of December 31, 2021, the future minimum payments under the unsecured revolving lines of credit,  3.84% Series C senior notes, 2.35% Series E senior notes, and 2.57% Series D senior notes due in 2022, 2026 and 2028, respectively, are as follows:

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$

60,000

 

2023

 

 

 

2024

 

 

 

2025

 

 

266,500

 

2026

 

 

60,000

 

Thereafter

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

$

426,500

 

Unsecured Revolving Lines of Credit

On March 31, 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and lender, and other lenders named therein (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility provides for a $420.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility (which may be further increased to $670.0 million by adding one or more tranches of term loans and/or increasing the aggregate revolving commitments), which includes a $25.0 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a $10.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. The proceeds of the Credit Facility are available to be used for general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions. The Credit Facility permits the Company’s existing indebtedness to remain, which includes the Company’s $12.0 million Treasury Sweep Note due March 31, 2025, the Company’s existing senior notes issued pursuant to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement with Prudential Investment Management, Inc., dated as of April 21, 2011 (as amended, the “the Prior NPA”): (i) the $40.0 million aggregate outstanding principal of notes issued March 17, 2014 and which were repaid on March 17, 2021, and (ii) the $60.0 million aggregate outstanding principal of notes issued November 5, 2015 and due November 5, 2022. In addition, the Company may incur additional senior note indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250.0 million. The Credit Facility matures on March 31, 2025 and replaced the Company’s prior $420.0 million credit facility dated March 31, 2016 with Bank of America, N.A., as agent, as amended. All obligations outstanding under the prior credit facility as of the date of the Credit Facility were refinanced by the Credit Facility on March 31, 2020.

On March 30, 2020, the Company entered into an amended and restated Credit Facility Letter Agreement and a Credit Line Note in favor of MUFG Union Bank, N.A., which provides for a $12.0 million line of credit facility related to its cash management services (“Sweep Service Facility”).  The Sweep Service Facility matures on the earlier of March 31, 2025, or the date the Company ceases to

-74-


utilize MUFG Union Bank, N.A. for its cash management services.  The Sweep Service Facility replaced the Company’s prior $12.0 million sweep service facility, dated as of March 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2021, under the Credit Facility and Sweep Service Facility, the Company had unsecured lines of credit that permit it to borrow up to $432.0 million of which $266.5 million was outstanding. The Amended Credit Facility contains financial covenants requiring the Company to not (all defined terms used below not otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Amended Credit Facility):

(1)

PermitAudit fees represent fees for the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges asaudit of the endCompany’s consolidated financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting included in our 2023 Annual Report and the review of any fiscal quarter to be less than 2.50 to 1. At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 4.08 to 1.Company’s consolidated financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and fees in connection with statutory audits and regulatory filings or engagements.

(2)

PermitAudit-Related Fees include fees associated with obtaining consents in connection with regulatory filings and audit of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt to EBITDA at any time during any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1. At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 1.73 to 1.Company’s Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plans.

Amounts borrowed underAudit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy

Under the Credit Facility bear interest at the Company’s option at either:  (i) LIBOR plus a defined margin, or (ii) the Agent bank’s prime rate (“base rate”) plus a margin.  The applicable margin for each type of loan is measured based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the end of the prior fiscal quarter and ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0% to 0.75% for base rate loans. In addition, the Company pays an unused commitment fee for the portion of the $420.0 million credit facility that is not used. These fees are based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and range from 0.15% to 0.30%. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the applicable margins were 1.25% for LIBOR based loans, 0.25% for base rate loans and 0.20% for unused fees. Amounts borrowed under the Sweep Service Facility are based upon the MUFG Union Bank, N.A. base rate plus an applicable margin and an unused commitment fee for the portion of the $12.0 million facility not used.  The applicable base rate margin and unused commitment fee rates for the Sweep Service Facility are the same as for the Amended Credit Facility.  The following information relates to the lines of credit for each of the following periods:

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Maximum amount outstanding

 

$

389,740

 

 

$

199,471

 

Average amount outstanding

 

$

239,134

 

 

$

170,075

 

Weighted average interest rate, during the period

 

 

2.07

%

 

 

2.11

%

Prime interest rate, end of period

 

 

3.25

%

 

 

3.25

%

Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement

On March 31, 2020, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement (the “Note Purchase Agreement”) with PGIM, Inc. (“PGIM”) and the holders of Series B and Series C Notes previously issued pursuant to the Prior NPA, among the Company and the other parties to the Note Purchase Agreement.  The Note Purchase Agreement amended and restated, and superseded in its entirety, the Prior NPA.  Pursuant to the Prior NPA, the Company issued (i) $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.68% Series B Senior Notes, which were repaid on March 17, 2021, and (ii) $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% Series C Senior Notes due November 5, 2022, to which the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement shall apply.  

In addition, pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, the Company may authorize the issuance and sale of additional senior notes (the “Shelf Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of (x) $250 million minus (y) the amount of other notes (such as the Series B Senior Notes and Series C Senior Notes, each defined below) then outstanding, to be dated the date of issuance thereof, to mature, in case of each Shelf Note so issued, no more than 15 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to have an average life, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, of no more than 15 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof at the rate per annum, and to have such other particular terms, as shall be set forth, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, in accordance with the Note Purchase Agreement.  Shelf Notes may be issued and sold from time to time at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine, subject to prospective purchasers’ agreement to purchase the Shelf Notes. The Company will sell the Shelf Notes directly to such purchasers.  The full net proceeds of each Shelf Note will be used in the manner described in the applicable Request for Purchase with respect to such Shelf Note.

3.84% Senior Notes Due in 2022

On November 5, 2015, the Company issued and sold to the purchasers a $60.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.84% Series C Senior Notes (the “Series C Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Prior NPA.  The Series C Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 3.84% per annum and mature on November 5, 2022.  Interest on the Series C Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on May 5, 2016 and continuing thereafter on November 5 and May 5 of each year until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature on November 5, 2022. The full net proceeds from the Series C Senior

-75-


Notes were used to reduce the outstanding balance on the Company’s revolving credit line. At December 31, 2020, the principal balance outstanding under the Series C Senior Notes was $60.0 million.

2.57% Senior Notes Due in 2028

On March 17, 2021, the Company issued and sold to the purchasers $40 million aggregate principal amount of 2.57% Series D Notes (the “Series D Senior Notes”) pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated March 31, 2020 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, PGIM, Inc. and the noteholders party thereto.  

The Series D Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 2.57% per annum and mature on March 17, 2028.  Interest on the Series D Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on September 17, 2021 and continuing thereafter on March 17 and September 17 of each year until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature on March 17, 2028.  The full net proceeds from the Series D Senior Notes were used to pay off the Company’s $40 million Series B Senior Notes.  At December 31, 2021, the principal balance outstanding under the Series D Senior Notes was $40.0 million.

2.35% Senior Notes Due in 2026

On June 16, 2021, the Company issued and sold to the purchasers $60 million aggregate principal amount of 2.35% Series E Notes (the "Series E Notes") pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated March 31, 2020 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, PGIM, Inc. and the noteholders party thereto.  

The Series E Senior Notes are an unsecured obligation of the Company and bear interest at a rate of 2.35% per annum and mature on June 16, 2026.  Interest on the Series E Senior Notes is payable semi-annually beginning on December 16, 2021 and continuing thereafter on June 16 and December 16 of each year until maturity.  The principal balance is due when the notes mature on June 16, 2026.  The full net proceeds from the Series E Senior Notes were used to pay down the Company’s credit facility.  At December 31, 2021, the principal balance outstanding under the Series E Senior Notes was $60.0 million.

 Among other restrictions, the Note Purchase Agreement, which has superseded in its entirety the Prior NPA, under which the Series C Senior Notes, Series D Senior Notes and Series E Senior Notes were sold, contains financial covenants requiring the Company to not (all defined terms used below not otherwise defined herein have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement):

Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be less than 2.50 to 1.  At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 4.08 to 1.

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of funded debt to EBITDA at any time during any period of four consecutive quarters to be greater than 2.75 to 1.  At December 31, 2021, the actual ratio was 1.73 to 1.

 At December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with each of the aforementioned covenants.  There are no anticipated trends that the Company is aware of that would indicate non-compliance with these covenants, though, significant deterioration in the Company’s financial performance could impact its ability to comply with these covenants.

NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES

Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

U.S.

 

$

121,660

 

 

$

131,898

 

 

$

129,045

 

Foreign

 

 

96

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

$

121,756

 

 

$

132,044

 

 

$

129,125

 

-76-


The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

 

$

(1,692

)

 

$

23,975

 

 

$

11,744

 

State

 

 

5,360

 

 

 

6,545

 

 

 

7,353

 

Foreign

 

 

2,035

 

 

 

1,733

 

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

 

5,703

 

 

 

32,253

 

 

 

20,713

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Federal

 

 

23,433

 

 

 

(755

)

 

 

10,719

 

State

 

 

2,896

 

 

 

(1,424

)

 

 

895

 

Foreign

 

 

19

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

26,348

 

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

11,606

 

Total

 

$

32,051

 

 

$

30,060

 

 

$

32,319

 

The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

U.S. federal statutory rate

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

4.7

 

 

 

5.0

 

State deferred tax apportionment change, net of federal benefit

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

0.1

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

(1.6

)

Enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Other

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

26.3

%

 

 

22.8

%

 

 

25.0

%

The following table shows the deferred income taxes related to the temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and the respective amounts included in “Deferred income taxes, net” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:

(in thousands)

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accelerated depreciation

 

$

244,141

 

 

$

217,125

 

Prepaid costs currently deductible

 

 

6,069

 

 

 

5,039

 

Other

 

 

6,553

 

 

 

5,970

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

256,763

 

 

 

228,134

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued costs not yet deductible

 

 

11,010

 

 

 

9,200

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

548

 

 

 

536

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

219

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

2,561

 

 

 

2,321

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance of $0.2 million in 2021 and 2020

 

 

14,338

 

 

 

12,057

 

Deferred income taxes, net

 

$

242,425

 

 

$

216,077

 

In December 2016, the Company decided to exit the Bangalore, India branch operations of its TRS-RenTelco electronics division.  The wind down of operations in India began in 2017. As a result, a valuation allowance was recorded against the deferred tax assets that resulted primarily from accumulated net operating loss carry forwards in India that management estimated the benefit of which will not be realized.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s foreign net operating losses for tax purposes were $0.6 million.  If not realized, these carry forwards will begin to expire in 2023.

For income tax purposes, deductible compensation related to share-based awards is based on the value of the award when realized, which may be different than the compensation expense recognized by the company for financial statement purposes which is based on the award value on the date of grant.  The difference between the value of the award upon grant, and the value of the award when

-77-


ultimately realized, creates either additional tax expense or benefit.  In 2021, 2020 and 2019 exercise of share-based awards by employees resulted in an excess tax benefit of $2.5 million, $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively.  

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit.  For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.  The Company evaluated all of its tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open and determined there were 0 material unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.  In addition, there have been 0 material changes in unrecognized benefits during 2021, 2020 and 2019.

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions.  Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require the application of significant judgment.  

Our income tax returns are subject to examination by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. There may be differing interpretations of tax laws and regulations, and as a result, disputes may arise with these tax authorities involving the timing and amount of deductions and allocation of income. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2017.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision (benefit) for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for all periods presented.  Such interest and penalties were not significant for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

NOTE 7. BENEFIT PLANS

Stock Plans

The Company adopted the 2016 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), effective June 8, 2016, under which 2,000,000 shares of the common stock of the Company, plus the number of shares that remain available for grants of awards under the Company's 2007 Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”) become available as a result of forfeiture, termination, or expiration of awards previously granted under the 2007 Plan, were reserved for the grant of equity awards to its employees, directors and consultants.  The equity awards have a maximum term of 7 years at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date the equity award is granted.  The 2016 Plan replaced the 2007 Plan.

The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), the vesting of which may be performance-based or service-based, and other rights and benefits.  Each RSU issued reduces the number of shares of the Company’s common stock available for grant under the 2016 Plan by 2 shares.  There were no modifications to the 2016 Plan and no awards classified as liabilities in the year ended December 31, 2021.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the share-based compensation expense was $7.7 million, $5.5 million and $5.9 million, respectively, before provision for income taxes. The Company recorded a tax benefit of approximately $2.1 million, $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, related to the aforementioned share-based compensation expenses. There was 0 capitalized share-based compensation expense in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.  

Stock Options

As of December 31, 2021, a cumulative total of 8,458,600 shares subject to options have been granted with exercise prices ranging from $3.47 to $40.37.  Of these, options have been exercised for the purchase of 6,511,238 shares, while options for 1,672,732 shares have been terminated, and options for 274,630 shares with exercise prices ranging from $24.60 to $40.37 remained outstanding under the stock plans.  These options vest over five years and expire seven years after grant.  To date, 0 options have been issued to any of the Company’s non-employee advisors.  As of December 31, 2021, 1,414,352 shares remained available for issuance of awards under the stock plans.

-78-


A summary of the Company’s option activity and related information for the three years ended December 31, 2021 is as follows:

 

 

Number of

options

 

 

Weighted-

average

price

 

 

Weighted-

average

remaining

contractual

term

(in years)

 

 

Aggregate

intrinsic

value

(in millions)

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

845,600

 

 

$

28.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(260,860

)

 

 

29.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled/forfeited/expired

 

 

(4,600

)

 

 

30.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

580,140

 

 

 

29.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(163,670

)

 

 

30.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled/forfeited/expired

 

 

(7,060

)

 

 

28.95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

409,410

 

 

 

29.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(133,020

)

 

 

28.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled/forfeited/expired

 

 

(1,760

)

 

 

34.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

274,630

 

 

$

29.66

 

 

 

1.69

 

 

$

13.9

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2021

 

 

261,250

 

 

$

29.39

 

 

 

1.66

 

 

$

13.3

 

Expected to vest after December 31, 2021

 

 

13,038

 

 

$

34.97

 

 

 

2.29

 

 

$

0.6

 

The intrinsic value of stock options at any point in time is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised and sold under the Company’s stock option plans was $16.2 million, $11.9 million and $9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, determined as of the date of option exercise.  As of December 31, 2021, there was approximately $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation option arrangements granted under the Company’s stock plans, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than one year.

The following table indicates the options outstanding and options exercisable by exercise price with the weighted-average remaining contractual life for the options outstanding and the weighted-average exercise price at December 31, 2021:

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Options Exercisable

 

Exercise price

 

Number outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

 

Weighted-average

remaining contractual life

(Years)

 

 

Weighted-average grant date value

 

 

Number exercisable at December 31, 2021

 

 

Weighted-average grant date value

 

$20 – 25

 

 

137,585

 

 

 

1.17

 

 

$

24.60

 

 

 

137,585

 

 

$

24.60

 

$25 – 30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$30 – 35

 

 

129,225

 

 

 

2.22

 

 

$

34.47

 

 

 

116,865

 

 

$

34.46

 

$35 – 40

 

 

6,800

 

 

 

2.00

 

 

$

39.19

 

 

 

6,800

 

 

$

39.19

 

$40 – 45

 

 

1,020

 

 

 

2.67

 

 

$

40.37

 

 

 

 

 

$

40.37

 

$20 – 45

 

 

274,630

 

 

 

1.69

 

 

$

29.66

 

 

 

261,250

 

 

$

29.39

 

The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-based compensation at the date of grant, which requires the use of accounting judgment and financial estimates, including estimates of the expected term option holders will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected term and the expected number of options that will be forfeited prior to the completion of their vesting requirements.  Application of alternative assumptions could produce significantly different estimates of the fair value of share-based compensation amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

NaN options were granted in 2021, 2020 and 2019.  

-79-


Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes the activity of the Company’s RSUs, which includes service-based and performance-based awards, for the three years ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

intrinsic

 

 

 

Number

 

 

grant date

 

 

value

 

 

 

of shares

 

 

fair value

 

 

(in millions)

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

139,510

 

 

$

44.73

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs granted

 

 

83,440

 

 

 

59.98

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs vested

 

 

(25,862

)

 

 

48.31

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired

 

 

(840

)

 

 

59.84

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

196,248

 

 

 

50.68

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs granted

 

 

126,540

 

 

 

50.99

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs vested

 

 

(89,225

)

 

 

43.42

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired

 

 

(7,593

)

 

 

57.93

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

225,970

 

 

 

57.06

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs granted

 

 

116,326

 

 

 

72.75

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs vested

 

 

(116,242

)

 

 

53.32

 

 

 

 

 

RSUs cancelled/forfeited/expired

 

 

(8,646

)

 

 

52.78

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

217,408

 

 

$

67.63

 

 

$

17.4

 

Performance-based RSUs issued prior to 2018 vest over five years, with 60% of the shares immediately vesting after three years when the performance criteria has been determined to have been met and 20% of the remaining shares vesting annually at the anniversary of the performance determination date, subject to continuous employment of the participant.  The performance-based RSU grants issued in 2018 and thereafter vest after three years with 100% of the shares vesting immediately when performance criteria has been determined to have been met.  There were 116,989 performance-based RSUs expected to vest as of December 31, 2021.  Service based RSUs issued to the Company’s directors generally vest over twelve to fourteen months. Service based RSUs issued to the Company’s management vest over three years. There were 111,631 service-based RSUs expected to vest as of December 31, 2021.  NaN forfeitures are currently expected.  The total fair value of RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 based on the weighted average grant date values was $6.2 million, $3.9 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Share-based compensation expense for RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $7.3 million, $4.6 million and $4.7, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was $14.8 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plans

The McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan (the “KSOP”) provides that each participant may annually contribute an elected percentage of his or her salary, not to exceed the statutory limit.  Each employee who has at least two months of service with the Company and is 21 years or older, is eligible to participate in the KSOP.  The Company, at its discretion, may make matching contributions. Contributions are expensed in the year approved by the Board of Directors. Dividends on the Company’s stock held by the KSOP are treated as ordinary dividends and, in accordance with existing tax laws, are deducted by the Company in the year paid.  For the year ended December 31, 2021 dividends deducted by the Company were $0.4 million, which resulted in a tax benefit of approximately $0.1 million in 2021.

At December 31, 2021, the KSOP held 245,780 shares, or 1% of the Company’s total common shares outstanding. These shares are included in basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

NOTE 8. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company has in the past made purchases of shares of its common stock from time to time in over-the-counter market (NASDAQ) transactions, through privately negotiated, large block transactions and through a share repurchase plan, in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities ExchangeSarbanes-Oxley Act of 1934.  In August 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase 2,000,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock (the “Repurchase Plan”). The amount2002, all audit and time of the specific repurchases are subject to prevailing market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other factors, including management’s discretion. All shares repurchased by the Company are canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of common

-80-


stock. non-auditThere can be no assurance that any authorized shares will be repurchased and the repurchase program may be modified, extended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time. There were 0 shares of common stock repurchased during the twelve months ended December 31, 2021.   There were 282,221 shares of common stock repurchased during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 for the aggregate purchase price of $13.6 million or an average price of $48.25 per repurchased share. As of December 31, 2021, 1,309,805 shares remain authorized for repurchase under the Repurchase Plan.

NOTE 9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain facilities under various operating leases.  Most of the lease agreements provide the Company with the option of renewing its lease at the end of the lease term, at the fair rental value.  In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, facility leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases.  Minimum payments under these leases, exclusive of property taxes and insurance, are as follows:

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$

4,993

 

2023

 

 

3,170

 

2024

 

 

1,495

 

2025

 

 

532

 

2026

 

 

33

 

 

 

$

10,223

 

Facility rent expense was $5.6 million in 2021, $3.7 million in 2020 and $3.9 million in 2019.

The Company is involved in various lawsuits and routine claims arising out of the normal course of its business. The Company maintains insurance coverage for its operations and employees with appropriate aggregate, per occurrence and deductible limits as the Company reasonably determines necessary or prudent with current operations and historical experience.  The major policies include coverage for property, general liability, auto, directors and officers, health, and workers’ compensation insurances.  The Company records a provision for a liability when it believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. The Company reviews these provisions at least quarterly and adjusts these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information.  Litigation is inherently unpredictable and is subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond the Company’s control.  In the opinion of management, there was not at least a reasonable possibility that the ultimate amount of liability not covered by insurance, if any, under any pending litigation and claims, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the financial position or operating results of the Company.

The Company’s health plans are self-funded high deductible plans with annual stop-loss insurance of $200,000 per claim.  Beginning in 2019, the Company’s workers compensation insurance is underwritten by an insurance company with no stop-loss value and $350,000 for prior claim years.  Insurance providers are responsible for making claim payments that exceed these amounts on an individual claim basis.  In addition, the Company has stop loss insurance that pays for claim payments made during a twelve month coverage period that exceeds certain specified thresholds in the aggregate.  The Company records an expense when health and workers compensation claim payments are made and accrues for the portion of claims incurred, but not yet paid at period end.  The Company makes these accruals based upon a combination of historical claim payments, loss development experience and actuarial estimates.  A high degree of judgment is required in developing the underlying assumptions and the resulting amounts to be accrued.  In addition, our assumptions will change as the Company’s loss experience develops.  All of these factors have the potential for impacting the amounts previously accrued and the Company may be required to increase or decrease the amounts previously accrued.  At December 31, 2021 and 2020, accruals for the Company’s health and workers’ compensation high deductible plans were $2.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

-81-


NOTE 10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following:

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Estimated

useful life

in years

 

Average remaining life in years

 

 

Cost

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

Net book value

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationships

 

8 to 11

 

7.3

 

 

$

50,285

 

 

$

(12,991

)

 

$

37,294

 

Non-compete agreements

 

5

 

 

    4.2

 

 

 

3,296

 

 

 

(499

)

 

$

2,797

 

Customer backlog

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

1,900

 

 

 

(1,900

)

 

$

 

Trade name

 

8

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

(113

)

 

$

1,087

 

   Total amortizing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,681

 

 

 

(15,503

)

 

 

41,178

 

Trade name - non-amortizing

 

Indefinite

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,871

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,871

 

   Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

62,552

 

 

$

(15,503

)

 

$

47,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationships

 

11

 

6.8

 

 

$

10,644

 

 

$

(9,510

)

 

$

1,134

 

Non-compete agreements

 

5

 

3.6

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

(44

)

 

$

113

 

   Total amortizing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,801

 

 

 

(9,554

)

 

 

1,247

 

Trade name - non-amortizing

 

Indefinite

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,871

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,871

 

   Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,672

 

 

$

(9,554

)

 

$

7,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their respective useful lives.  Amortization expense in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $5.9 million, $0.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively.  Based on the carrying values at December 31, 2021 and assuming 0 subsequent impairment of the underlying assets, the annual amortization is expected to be $5.9 million in 2022 through 2025, $5.4 million in 2026 and $5.2 million in 2027.

NOTE 11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There were 0 significant related party transactions in the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, or amounts owed to related parties at such dates.

-82-


NOTE 12. SEGMENT REPORTING

FASB guidelines establish annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise’s operating segments and related disclosures about its products, services geographic areas and major customers.  In accordance with these guidelines the Company’s 4 reportable segments are Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco, Adler Tanks and Enviroplex. Management focuses on several key measures to evaluate and assess each segment’s performance including rental revenue growth, gross margin, and income before provision for income taxes.    Excluding interest expense, allocations of revenue and expense not directly associated with one of these segments are generally allocated to Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks, based on their pro-rata share of direct revenues.  Interest expense is allocated amongst Mobile Modular, TRS-RenTelco and Adler Tanks based on their pro-rata share of average rental equipment at cost, goodwill, intangible assets, accounts receivable, deferred income and customer security deposits.  The Company does not report total assets by business segment.  Summarized financial information for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, for the Company’s reportable segments is shown in the following tables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Mobile

Modular

 

 

TRS-

RenTelco

 

 

Adler

Tanks

 

 

Enviroplex 1

 

 

Consolidated

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental revenues

 

$

220,569

 

 

$

113,419

 

 

$

56,025

 

 

$

 

 

$

390,013

 

Rental related services revenues

 

 

72,330

 

 

 

2,880

 

 

 

22,851

 

 

 

 

 

98,061

 

Sales and other revenues

 

 

70,417

 

 

 

23,895

 

 

 

3,366

 

 

 

31,081

 

 

 

128,759

 

Total revenues

 

 

363,316

 

 

 

140,194

 

 

 

82,242

 

 

 

31,081

 

 

 

616,833

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

28,071

 

 

 

47,374

 

 

 

16,442

 

 

 

 

 

91,887

 

Gross profit

 

 

176,040

 

 

 

61,394

 

 

 

33,699

 

 

 

9,888

 

 

 

281,021

 

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

92,603

 

 

 

25,152

 

 

 

25,542

 

 

 

5,303

 

 

 

148,600

 

Income from operations

 

 

83,436

 

 

 

36,243

 

 

 

8,157

 

 

 

4,585

 

 

 

132,421

 

Interest expense (income) allocation

 

 

6,433

 

 

 

2,270

 

 

 

2,211

 

 

 

(459

)

 

 

10,455

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

77,003

 

 

 

33,763

 

 

 

5,946

 

 

 

5,044

 

 

 

121,756

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

128,044

 

 

 

85,723

 

 

 

27,961

 

 

 

4,844

 

 

 

246,572

 

Rental equipment acquisitions

 

 

188,392

 

 

 

61,097

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

 

 

249,680

 

Accounts receivable, net (period end)

 

 

112,295

 

 

 

22,115

 

 

 

16,378

 

 

 

8,711

 

 

 

159,499

 

Rental equipment, at cost (period end)

 

 

1,040,094

 

 

 

361,391

 

 

 

309,908

 

 

 

 

 

1,711,393

 

Rental equipment, net book value (period end)

 

 

751,537

 

 

 

161,900

 

 

 

151,787

 

 

 

 

 

1,065,224

 

Utilization (period end) 2

 

 

76.4

%

 

 

62.9

%

 

 

47.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average utilization 2

 

 

76.2

%

 

 

67.0

%

 

 

45.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-83-


Segment Data (Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Mobile

Modular

 

 

TRS-

RenTelco

 

 

Adler

Tanks

 

 

Enviroplex 1

 

 

Consolidated

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental revenues

 

$

188,719

 

 

$

109,083

 

 

$

53,988

 

 

$

 

 

$

351,790

 

Rental related services revenues

 

 

67,527

 

 

 

3,080

 

 

 

21,786

 

 

 

 

 

92,393

 

Sales and other revenues

 

 

65,278

 

 

 

28,648

 

 

 

1,708

 

 

 

32,737

 

 

 

128,371

 

Total revenues

 

 

321,524

 

 

 

140,811

 

 

 

77,482

 

 

 

32,737

 

 

 

572,554

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

22,967

 

 

 

46,472

 

 

 

16,427

 

 

 

 

 

85,866

 

Gross profit

 

 

155,874

 

 

 

60,864

 

 

 

34,079

 

 

 

12,929

 

 

 

263,746

 

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

68,470

 

 

 

24,306

 

 

 

24,764

 

 

 

5,453

 

 

 

122,993

 

Income from operations

 

 

87,404

 

 

 

36,558

 

 

 

9,315

 

 

 

7,476

 

 

 

140,753

 

Interest expense (income) allocation

 

 

5,104

 

 

 

2,133

 

 

 

2,107

 

 

 

(557

)

 

 

8,787

 

Income before benefit for income taxes

 

 

82,300

 

 

 

34,503

 

 

 

7,208

 

 

 

8,033

 

 

 

132,044

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

119,202

 

 

 

85,082

 

 

 

29,010

 

 

 

7,729

 

 

 

241,023

 

Rental equipment acquisitions

 

 

39,078

 

 

 

42,588

 

 

 

2,541

 

 

 

 

 

84,207

 

Accounts receivable, net (period end)

 

 

81,640

 

 

 

22,735

 

 

 

13,655

 

 

 

5,286

 

 

 

123,316

 

Rental equipment, at cost (period end)

 

 

882,115

 

 

 

333,020

 

 

 

315,706

 

 

 

 

 

1,530,841

 

Rental equipment, net book value (period end)

 

 

611,590

 

 

 

156,536

 

 

 

169,990

 

 

 

 

 

938,116

 

Utilization (period end) 2

 

 

76.0

%

 

 

67.4

%

 

 

39.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average utilization 2

 

 

77.2

%

 

 

66.2

%

 

 

44.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rental revenues

 

$

182,316

 

 

$

103,704

 

 

$

67,869

 

 

$

 

 

$

353,889

 

Rental related services revenues

 

 

69,395

 

 

 

3,260

 

 

 

28,383

 

 

 

 

 

101,038

 

Sales and other revenues

 

 

49,299

 

 

 

24,519

 

 

 

1,671

 

 

 

39,814

 

 

 

115,303

 

Total revenues

 

 

301,010

 

 

 

131,483

 

 

 

97,923

 

 

 

39,814

 

 

 

570,230

 

Depreciation of rental equipment

 

 

22,071

 

 

 

41,948

 

 

 

16,372

 

 

 

 

 

80,391

 

Gross profit

 

 

143,618

 

 

 

60,748

 

 

 

47,014

 

 

 

14,785

 

 

 

266,165

 

Selling and administrative expenses

 

 

65,699

 

 

 

24,645

 

 

 

29,321

 

 

 

5,128

 

 

 

124,793

 

Income from operations

 

 

77,919

 

 

 

36,103

 

 

 

17,693

 

 

 

9,657

 

 

 

141,372

 

Interest expense (income) allocation

 

 

7,946

 

 

 

1,970

 

 

 

3,436

 

 

 

(1,021

)

 

 

12,331

 

Income before benefit for income taxes

 

 

69,973

 

 

 

34,217

 

 

 

14,257

 

 

 

10,678

 

 

 

129,125

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

107,166

 

 

 

80,772

 

 

 

38,993

 

 

 

9,892

 

 

 

236,823

 

Rental equipment acquisitions

 

 

75,433

 

 

 

89,759

 

 

 

4,826

 

 

 

 

 

170,018

 

Accounts receivable, net (period end)

 

 

83,182

 

 

 

23,788

 

 

 

17,281

 

 

 

3,848

 

 

 

128,099

 

Rental equipment, at cost (period end)

 

 

868,807

 

 

 

335,343

 

 

 

316,261

 

 

 

 

 

1,520,411

 

Rental equipment, net book value (period end)

 

 

610,048

 

 

 

172,413

 

 

 

185,039

 

 

 

 

 

967,500

 

Utilization (period end) 2

 

 

79.1

%

 

 

64.5

%

 

 

48.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average utilization 2

 

 

79.2

%

 

 

66.2

%

 

 

54.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1Gross Enviroplex sales revenues were $32,095, $34,014 and $39,814 in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  There were $1,014 and $1,277 inter-segment sales to Mobile Modular in 2021 and 2020, which have been eliminated in consolidation.  There were 0 inter-segment sales in 2019.

2Utilization is calculated each month by dividing the cost of rental equipment on rent by the total cost of rental equipment excluding new equipment inventory and accessory equipment.  The average utilization for the period is calculated using the average costs of rental equipment.

NaN single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues during 2021, 2020 and 2019.  Revenue from foreign country customers accounted for 4%, 4% and 5% of the Company’s revenues for the same periods, respectively.

NOTE 13. ACQUISITIONS

-84-


On May 17, 2021, the Company completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Design Space Modular Buildings PNW, LP (“Design Space”) for $267.3 million in cash consideration on the closing date.  Design Space provides modular buildings and portable storage containers rental and sale solutions to customers in the West and Pacific Northwest states in the U.S. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of a “business” in accordance with criteria in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805 – “Business Combinations” using the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price is assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values on the closing date. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. As part of the Design Space acquisition, the Company entered into a non-compete agreement with the sellers. The cash consideration allocated to the non-compete agreement totaled $2.5 million. This intangible asset was not considered part of the purchase price consideration and included in the table below as the sellers subject to the non-compete agreement did not continue with the Company.  The financial results of Design Space were a part of the Mobile Modular segment since May 17, 2021, including $1.7 million of transaction costs.

On April 1, 2021 the Company completed the purchase of assets of GRS Holding LLC, DBA Kitchens To Go (“Kitchens To Go”) for $18.3 million in cash consideration.  Kitchens To Go provides interim and permanent modular kitchen solutions for foodservice providers that require flexible facilities to continue or expand operations.  The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of a “business” in accordance with criteria in ASC 805 using the purchase method of accounting.  The financial results of Kitchens To Go were a part of the Mobile Modular segment since April 1, 2021, including $0.3 million of transaction costs.

The following tables summarize the purchase price allocations reflecting estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Design Space and Kitchens To Go acquisitions, with excess amounts allocated to goodwill. The valuation of intangible assets acquired is based on certain valuation assumptions including cash flow projections, discount rates, contributory asset charges and other valuation model inputs. The valuation of tangible long-lived assets acquired is dependent upon various analyses including an analysis of the condition and estimated remaining economic lives of the assets acquired.

Design Space:

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Rental equipment

 

$

116,272

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

   Goodwill

 

 

101,874

 

   Customer relationships

 

 

37,900

 

   Non-compete

 

 

2,500

 

   Customer backlog

 

 

1,600

 

Accounts receivable 

 

 

12,025

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

4,139

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

5,366

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

(11,613

)

Deferred income

 

 

(2,784

)

Total purchase price

 

$

267,279

 

Kitchens To Go:

-85-


(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Rental equipment

 

$

12,853

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

   Goodwill

 

 

2,322

 

   Customer relationships

 

 

1,700

 

   Trade name

 

 

1,200

 

   Non-compete

 

 

600

 

   Customer backlog

 

 

300

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

212

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

365

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

1,199

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

(1,659

)

Deferred income

 

 

(747

)

Total purchase price

 

$

18,345

 

The value assigned to identifiable intangible assets have been determined based on discounted estimated future cash flows associated with such assets to their present value.  The combined acquired goodwill of $104,196 reflects the strategic fit of Design Space and Kitchens to Go with the Company’s modular business operations.  The Company will amortize the acquired customer relationships, tradename, non-compete and customer backlog over their expected useful lives of 8 years, 8 years, 5 years and 6 months, respectively.  Goodwill is expected to have an indefinite life and will be subject to future impairment testing.  The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes over 15 years.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information shows the combined results of operations of the Company, Design Space and Kitchens To Go as if the acquisitions occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented.  The pro forma results include the effects of the amortization of the purchased intangible assets and depreciation expense of acquired rental equipment valuation step up, interest expense on the debt incurred to finance the acquisitions.  A pro forma adjustment has been made to reflect the income taxes that would have been recorded at the combined federal and state statutory rate of 28% on the acquisitions’ combined net income. The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been adjusted to include transaction related costs. This pro forma data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the results of the future operations or the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions taken place in the periods noted below:

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollar amounts in thousands, except for per share amounts)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Pro-forma total revenues

 

$

647,866

 

 

$

670,207

 

Pro-forma net income

 

$

93,065

 

 

$

112,029

 

Pro-forma basic earnings per share

 

$

3.84

 

 

$

4.64

 

Pro-forma diluted earnings per share

 

$

3.80

 

 

$

4.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Design Space and Kitchens To Go

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual total revenues

 

$

39,056

 

 

 

 

 

Actual net income

 

$

2,671

 

 

 

 

 

Actual basic earnings per share

 

$

0.11

 

 

 

 

 

Actual diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On December 31, 2021 the Company completed the purchase of the assets of Titan Storage Containers, LLC (“Titan”) for $6.6 million in cash consideration on the closing date and $0.3 million remaining liability to the seller.  The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase of “assets” in accordance with criteria in ASC 805 and the initial assessment of the fair value of the purchased assets was allocated primarily to rental equipment totaling $6.2 million and rolling stock assets totaling $0.8 million, partially offset by accrued liabilities of $0.2 million. The rolling stock assets include delivery trucks, delivery trailers, trucks and forklifts.  Supplemental pro forma prior year information has not been provided as the historical financial results of Titan were not significant. Incremental transaction costs associated with the asset purchase were not significant.

-86-


ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company’s management under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) for the Company. Based on their evaluation the CEO and CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2021.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. During the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.  The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and the CEO and CFO have concluded that these controls and procedures are effective at the “reasonable assurance” level.

Management’s Assessment of Internal Control. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, is discussed in the Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included on page 57.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been auditedperformed by Grant Thornton LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee to assure that such services do not impair the auditors’ independence from the Company. In April 2004, the Audit Committee adopted an Audit and itsNon-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy which sets forth the procedures and conditions pursuant to which audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors are to be pre-approved. Pursuant to the policy, certain services or categories of services described in detail in the policy may be pre-approved generally on an annual basis together with pre-approved maximum fee levels for such services. The services eligible for annual pre-approval consist of audit services, audit-related services, tax services, and other services. If not pre-approved on an annual basis, proposed services must otherwise be separately approved prior to being performed by the independent auditors. The Audit Committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis. In addition, any services that receive annual pre-approval but exceed the pre-approved maximum fee level also will require separate approval by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee may delegate authority to pre-approve audit and non-audit services to any member of the Audit Committee, but may not delegate such authority to management. The Company’s independent auditors and Chief Financial Officer are required to periodically report is includedto the Audit Committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent auditors in accordance with the pre-approval policy and the fees for the services performed to date. The Audit Committee pre-approved all of the audit, audit-related, tax, and all other services described as Audit Fees in the table above.

Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any of the Company’s previous filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act that might incorporate future filings, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

ITEM 9C.

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

-87-


PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information required by this Item isAmendment, with the SEC, in whole or in part, the following report shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any such filings, nor shall the following report be deemed to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect to its 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this Item isbe incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, unless specifically stated to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect to its 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this Item isbe incorporated by reference to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statementtherein.

The Audit Committee currently has four (4) members, consisting of four (4) independent directors, Nicolas C. Anderson, Smita Conjeevaram, William J. Dawson, and Elizabeth A. Fetter. Mr. Dawson serves as its Chairman. The Company’s management is responsible for the Company’s internal controls, financial reporting, compliance with respect to its 2022 Annual Meetinglaws and regulations, and ethical business standards. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, is responsible for performing an independent audit of Shareholders.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect to its 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to McGrath RentCorp’s definitive Proxy Statement with respect to its 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

-88-


PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Index of documents filed as part of this report:

1.The following Consolidated Financial Statements of McGrath RentCorp are included in Item 8.

Page of this report

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

56

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 248)

57

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

60

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

61

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

62

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

63

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

64

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

65

2.Financial Statement Schedules. None

3.Exhibits.  See Index of Exhibits on page 90 of this report.

Schedules and exhibits required by Article 5 of Regulation S-X other than those listed are omitted because they are not required, are not applicable, or equivalent information has been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto,internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) (United States) and to issue reports thereon. The Audit Committee’s responsibility is to monitor and oversee these processes as well as the independence and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. However, the members of the Audit Committee are not professionally engaged in the practice of accounting or elsewhere herein.auditing and are not experts in the fields of accounting or auditing. They rely, without independent verification, on the information provided to them and on the representations made by management and the independent auditors.

 

43

-89-


The Audit Committee hereby reports as follows:

 

Number

1.

Description

Method of Filing

3.1

Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp. ‘P’

Filed as exhibit 19.1 toThe Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1988 (filed August 14, 1988), and incorporated herein by reference.

 3.1.1

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp. ‘P’

Filed as exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (filed March 28, 1991 Registration No. 33-39633), and incorporated herein by reference.

 3.1.2

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of McGrath RentCorp.

Filed as exhibit 3.1.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-Kaudited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1997 (filed March2023, and audit of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 1998),2023, with management.

2.

The Audit Committee has discussed with Grant Thornton LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, the matters required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of the PCAOB and incorporated hereinthe SEC.

3.

The Audit Committee has received an independence letter from Grant Thornton LLP as required by reference.the standards of the PCAOB regarding Grant Thornton’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence and has discussed with Grant Thornton LLP its independence.

 

4.

 3.2

AmendedBased on the reviews and Restated Bylaws

Filed as exhibit 3.1discussions referred to in paragraphs (1) through (3) above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed January 6, 2021)Board of Directors, and incorporated herein by reference.

 4.1

Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement between the Company and PGIM, Inc., dated March 31, 2020.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 toBoard of Directors has approved, that the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed April 3, 2020), and incorporated herein by reference.

4.1.1

Amendment, dated as of March 17, 2014, toaudited consolidated financial statements be included in the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 among the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America and Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed March 20, 2014) and incorporated herein by reference.

4.1.2

Amendment, dated as of February 9, 2016, to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 among the Company, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America and Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company, as amended on March 17, 2014.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed February 11, 2016) and incorporated herein by reference.

 4.2

Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2020 among the Company, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and The Other Lenders Party thereto.

Filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed April 3, 2020) and incorporated herein by reference.

 4.2.1

Guaranty dated as of March 31, 2020 among certain domestic subsidiaries of the Company in favor of Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as the administrative agent for the Lenders.

Filed as exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed April 3, 2020) and incorporated herein by reference.

 4.2.2

$12,000,000 committed Amended and Restated Credit Facility Letter Agreement between the Company and MUFG Union Bank, N.A., dated as of March 31, 2020.

Filed as exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed April 3, 2020) and incorporated herein by reference.

 4.2.3

$12,000,000 Amended and Restated Credit Line Note, dated March 31, 2020, in favor of MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

Filed as exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed April 3, 2020) and incorporated herein by reference.

4.3

Description of Registrant’s Securities.

Filed as exhibit 4.2.4 to the Company’s2023 Annual Report that was filed with the SEC on Form 10K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (filed February 25, 2020), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.1

McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated on December 31, 2008.

Filed as exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (filed February 26, 2009), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.1.1

McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership Trust Agreement, as amended and restated on December 31, 2008.

Filed as exhibit 10.3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (filed February 26, 2009), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.2

McGrath RentCorp 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

Filed as exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (filed August 2, 2007), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.2.1

Form of 2007 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Award and Agreement.

Filed as exhibit 10.12.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (filed August 2, 2007), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.2.2

Form of 2007 Stock Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award and Agreement.

Filed as exhibit 10.12.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (filed August 2, 2007), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.2.3

Form of 2007 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award and Agreement.

Filed as exhibit 10.4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (filed May 6, 2010), and incorporated herein by reference.

21, 2024.

-90-


 

Submitted by the Audit Committee:
William J. Dawson, Chair
Nicolas C. Anderson
Smita Conjeevaram
Elizabeth A. Fetter

44


PART IV

ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULESNumber

(a)(3) EXHIBITS:

(a) The following is a list of exhibits filed herewith as part of this Amendment:

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT
NO.

Description

Method of FilingDESCRIPTION

10.2.4

31.1

Form of 2007 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement.

Filed as exhibit 10.4.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (filed May 6, 2010), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.3

McGrath RentCorp Employee Stock Ownership and 401(k) Plan

Filed as exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (filed August 10, 2012) and incorporated herein by reference.

10.4

McGrath RentCorp Change in Control Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description

Filed as exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 (filed July 31, 2013), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.5

McGrath RentCorp 2016 Stock Incentive Plan

Filed as Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting (filed April 29, 2016), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.5.1

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement

Filed as exhibit 10.1.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (filed August 2, 2016), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.5.2

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award and Agreement

Filed as exhibit 10.1.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (filed August 2, 2016), and incorporated herein by reference.

10.5.3

Form of 2016 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award and Agreement

Filed as exhibit 10.1.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016 (filed August 2, 2016), and incorporated herein by reference.

21.1

List of Subsidiaries.

Filed herewith.

23.1

Written Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

Filed herewith.

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, Pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, Pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Filed herewith.

32.1

104

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Furnished herewith.

101

The following materials from McGrath RentCorp’s annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, formattedCover Page Interactive Data File (Embedded as Inline XBRL document and contained in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and (iv) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Exhibit 101).

 

104Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the inline XBRL45

     document).

‘P’ = exhibit was filed in paper form


-91-


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: February 23, 2022

April 15, 2024

McCGRATH RENTCORPGrath RentCorp

by:

/s/ Joseph F. Hanna

JOSEPH F. HANNA

Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

by:

/s/ Keith E. Pratt

KEITH E. PRATT

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

by:

/s/ David M. Whitney

DAVID M. WHITNEY

Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Kim A. BoxNicolas C. Anderson

NICOLAS C. ANDERSON

Director

February 23, 2022

April 15, 2024

KIM/s/ Kimberly A. Box

KIMBERLY A. BOX

Director

April 15, 2024

/s/ Smita Conjeevaram

SMITA CONJEEVARAM

Director

February 23, 2022

April 15, 2024

Smita Conjeevaram

/s/ William J. Dawson

Director

February 23, 2022

WILLIAM J. DAWSON

Director

April 15, 2024

/s/ Elizabeth A. Fetter

Director

February 23, 2022

ELIZABETH A. FETTER

Director

April 15, 2024

/s/ Joseph F. Hanna

JOSEPH F. HANNA

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

February 23, 2022

April 15, 2024

JOSEPH F. HANNA

/s/ Bradley M. Shuster

BRADLEY M. SHUSTER

Chairman of the Board

February 23, 2022

BRADLEY M. SHUSTER

/s/ M. Richard Smith

Director

February 23, 2022

M. RICHARD SMITH

/s/ Dennis P. Stradford

Director

February 23, 2022

DENNIS P. STRADFORD

April 15, 2024

 

46

-92-